2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
|
|
|
|
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
|
|
|
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
|
|
|
.\" are met:
|
|
|
|
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
|
|
|
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
|
|
|
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
|
|
|
.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
|
|
|
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
2002-07-24 16:23:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
|
|
|
.\" without specific prior written permission.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
|
|
|
|
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
|
|
|
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
|
|
|
.\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
|
|
|
.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
|
|
|
.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
|
|
|
|
.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
|
|
|
|
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
|
|
|
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
|
|
|
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
|
|
|
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" Style notes for the tcsh man page:
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" - Tags in lists are bold, except in the FILES section where they are
|
|
|
|
.\" italic.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" - References are bold for section headings and environment and shell
|
|
|
|
.\" variables and italic for commands (externals, builtins, aliases, and
|
|
|
|
.\" editor commands) and arguments to commands.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" - Be careful with the .B and .I macros: they handle only a limited number
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" of words. Work around this with \fB and \fI, but only if absolutely
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" necessary, because tcsh.man2html uses .B/.I to find name anchors.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" - Indent in multiples of 4, usually 8.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" - Use `', not '' or "", except of course in shell syntax examples.
|
|
|
|
.\" '' at the beginning of a line will vanish!
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" - Use \-, not -.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" - Include the tilde when naming dot files. `~/.login', not `.login'.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.\"
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" - Refer to external commands in man page format, e.g., `csh(1)'. However,
|
|
|
|
.\" tcsh is `tcsh', not `tcsh(1)', because this is the tcsh man page (and
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" see the next note anyway).
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" - Say `the shell', not `tcsh', unless distinguishing between tcsh and csh.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" - Say `shell variable'/`environment variable' instead of `variable'
|
|
|
|
.\" and `builtin command'/`editor command' instead of `builtin' or `command'
|
|
|
|
.\" unless the distinction is absolutely clear from context.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" - Use the simple present tense. `The shell uses', not `The shell will use'.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" - IMPORTANT: Cross-reference as much as possible. Commands, variables,
|
|
|
|
.\" etc. in the reference section should be mentioned in the appropriate
|
|
|
|
.\" descriptive section, or at least in the reference-section description
|
|
|
|
.\" of another command (or whatever) which is mentioned in a description
|
|
|
|
.\" section. Remember to note OS-specific things in "OS variant support",
|
|
|
|
.\" new features in NEW FEATURES and referenced external commands in SEE
|
|
|
|
.\" ALSO.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
|
|
|
.\" - tcsh.man2html depends heavily on the specific nroff commands used in the
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" man page when the script was written. Please stick closely to the style
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" used here if you can. In particular, please don't use nroff commands
|
|
|
|
.\" which aren't already used herein.
|
|
|
|
.\"
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.TH TCSH 1 "14 February 2012" "Astron 6.18.01"
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.SH NAME
|
|
|
|
tcsh \- C shell with file name completion and command line editing
|
|
|
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
|
|
|
.B tcsh \fR[\fB\-bcdefFimnqstvVxX\fR] [\fB\-Dname\fR[\fB=value\fR]] [arg ...]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B tcsh \-l
|
|
|
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
|
\fItcsh\fR is an enhanced but completely compatible version of the Berkeley
|
|
|
|
UNIX C shell, \fIcsh\fR(1).
|
|
|
|
It is a command language interpreter usable both as an interactive login
|
|
|
|
shell and a shell script command processor.
|
|
|
|
It includes a command-line editor (see \fBThe command-line editor\fR),
|
|
|
|
programmable word completion (see \fBCompletion and listing\fR),
|
|
|
|
spelling correction (see \fBSpelling correction\fR),
|
|
|
|
a history mechanism (see \fBHistory substitution\fR),
|
|
|
|
job control (see \fBJobs\fR)
|
|
|
|
and a C-like syntax.
|
|
|
|
The \fBNEW FEATURES\fR section describes major enhancements of \fItcsh\fR
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
over \fIcsh\fR(1).
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Throughout this manual, features of
|
|
|
|
\fItcsh\fR not found in most \fIcsh\fR(1) implementations
|
|
|
|
(specifically, the 4.4BSD \fIcsh\fR)
|
|
|
|
are labeled with `(+)', and features which are present in \fIcsh\fR(1)
|
|
|
|
but not usually documented are labeled with `(u)'.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Argument list processing"
|
|
|
|
If the first argument (argument 0) to the shell is `\-' then it is a
|
|
|
|
login shell. A login shell can be also specified by invoking the shell with
|
|
|
|
the \fB\-l\fR flag as the only argument.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The rest of the flag arguments are interpreted as follows:
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-b
|
|
|
|
Forces a ``break'' from option processing, causing any
|
|
|
|
further shell arguments to be treated as non-option arguments. The remaining
|
|
|
|
arguments will not be interpreted as shell options. This may be used to pass
|
|
|
|
options to a shell script without confusion or possible subterfuge. The shell
|
|
|
|
will not run a set-user ID script without this option.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-c
|
|
|
|
Commands are read from the following argument (which must be present, and
|
|
|
|
must be a single argument),
|
|
|
|
stored in the \fBcommand\fR shell variable for reference, and executed.
|
|
|
|
Any remaining arguments are placed in the \fBargv\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-d
|
|
|
|
The shell loads the directory stack from \fI~/.cshdirs\fR as described under
|
|
|
|
\fBStartup and shutdown\fR, whether or not it is a login shell. (+)
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-D\fIname\fR[=\fIvalue\fR]
|
|
|
|
Sets the environment variable \fIname\fR to \fIvalue\fR. (Domain/OS only) (+)
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-e
|
|
|
|
The shell exits if any invoked command terminates abnormally or
|
|
|
|
yields a non-zero exit status.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-f
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
The shell does not load any resource or startup files, or perform any
|
|
|
|
command hashing, and thus starts faster.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-F
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
The shell uses \fIfork\fR(2) instead of \fIvfork\fR(2) to spawn processes. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-i
|
|
|
|
The shell is interactive and prompts for its top-level input, even if
|
|
|
|
it appears to not be a terminal. Shells are interactive without this option if
|
|
|
|
their inputs and outputs are terminals.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-l
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The shell is a login shell. Applicable only if \fB\-l\fR is the only
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
flag specified.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-m
|
|
|
|
The shell loads \fI~/.tcshrc\fR even if it does not belong to the effective
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
user. Newer versions of \fIsu\fR(1) can pass \fB\-m\fR to the shell. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-n
|
|
|
|
The shell parses commands but does not execute them.
|
|
|
|
This aids in debugging shell scripts.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.B \-q
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
The shell accepts SIGQUIT (see \fBSignal handling\fR) and behaves when
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
it is used under a debugger. Job control is disabled. (u)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-s
|
|
|
|
Command input is taken from the standard input.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-t
|
|
|
|
The shell reads and executes a single line of input. A `\\' may be used to
|
|
|
|
escape the newline at the end of this line and continue onto another line.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-v
|
|
|
|
Sets the \fBverbose\fR shell variable, so that
|
|
|
|
command input is echoed after history substitution.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-x
|
|
|
|
Sets the \fBecho\fR shell variable, so that commands are echoed
|
|
|
|
immediately before execution.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-V
|
|
|
|
Sets the \fBverbose\fR shell variable even before executing \fI~/.tcshrc\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-X
|
|
|
|
Is to \fB\-x\fR as \fB\-V\fR is to \fB\-v\fR.
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-\-help
|
|
|
|
Print a help message on the standard output and exit. (+)
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-\-version
|
|
|
|
Print the version/platform/compilation options on the standard output and exit.
|
|
|
|
This information is also contained in the \fBversion\fR shell variable. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
After processing of flag arguments, if arguments remain but none of the
|
|
|
|
\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-i\fR, \fB\-s\fR, or \fB\-t\fR options were given, the first
|
|
|
|
argument is taken as the name of a file of commands, or ``script'', to
|
|
|
|
be executed. The shell opens this file and saves its name for possible
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
resubstitution by `$0'. Because many systems use either the standard
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
version 6 or version 7 shells whose shell scripts are not compatible
|
|
|
|
with this shell, the shell uses such a `standard' shell to execute a script
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
whose first character is not a `#', i.e., that does not start with a
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
comment.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Remaining arguments are placed in the \fBargv\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Startup and shutdown"
|
|
|
|
A login shell begins by executing commands from the system files
|
|
|
|
\fI/etc/csh.cshrc\fR and \fI/etc/csh.login\fR.
|
|
|
|
It then executes commands from files in the user's \fBhome\fR directory:
|
|
|
|
first \fI~/.tcshrc\fR (+)
|
|
|
|
or, if \fI~/.tcshrc\fR is not found, \fI~/.cshrc\fR,
|
|
|
|
then \fI~/.history\fR (or the value of the \fBhistfile\fR shell variable),
|
|
|
|
then \fI~/.login\fR,
|
|
|
|
and finally \fI~/.cshdirs\fR (or the value of the \fBdirsfile\fR shell variable) (+).
|
|
|
|
The shell may read \fI/etc/csh.login\fR before instead of after
|
|
|
|
\fI/etc/csh.cshrc\fR, and \fI~/.login\fR before instead of after
|
|
|
|
\fI~/.tcshrc\fR or \fI~/.cshrc\fR and \fI~/.history\fR, if so compiled;
|
|
|
|
see the \fBversion\fR shell variable. (+)
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Non-login shells read only \fI/etc/csh.cshrc\fR and \fI~/.tcshrc\fR
|
|
|
|
or \fI~/.cshrc\fR on startup.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
For examples of startup files, please consult
|
|
|
|
\fIhttp://tcshrc.sourceforge.net\fR.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Commands like \fIstty\fR(1) and \fItset\fR(1),
|
|
|
|
which need be run only once per login, usually go in one's \fI~/.login\fR file.
|
|
|
|
Users who need to use the same set of files with both \fIcsh\fR(1) and
|
|
|
|
\fItcsh\fR can have only a \fI~/.cshrc\fR which checks for the existence of the
|
|
|
|
\fBtcsh\fR shell variable (q.v.) before using \fItcsh\fR-specific commands,
|
|
|
|
or can have both a \fI~/.cshrc\fR and a \fI~/.tcshrc\fR which \fIsource\fRs
|
|
|
|
(see the builtin command) \fI~/.cshrc\fR.
|
|
|
|
The rest of this manual uses `\fI~/.tcshrc\fR' to mean `\fI~/.tcshrc\fR or,
|
|
|
|
if \fI~/.tcshrc\fR is not found, \fI~/.cshrc\fR'.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
In the normal case, the shell begins reading commands from the terminal,
|
|
|
|
prompting with `> '. (Processing of arguments and the use of the shell to
|
|
|
|
process files containing command scripts are described later.)
|
|
|
|
The shell repeatedly reads a line of command input, breaks it into words,
|
|
|
|
places it on the command history list, parses it and executes each command
|
|
|
|
in the line.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
One can log out by typing `^D' on an empty line, `logout' or `login' or
|
|
|
|
via the shell's autologout mechanism (see the \fBautologout\fR shell variable).
|
|
|
|
When a login shell terminates it sets the \fBlogout\fR shell variable to
|
|
|
|
`normal' or `automatic' as appropriate, then
|
|
|
|
executes commands from the files
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fI/etc/csh.logout\fR and \fI~/.logout\fR. The shell may drop DTR on logout
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if so compiled; see the \fBversion\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The names of the system login and logout files vary from system to system for
|
|
|
|
compatibility with different \fIcsh\fR(1) variants; see \fBFILES\fR.
|
|
|
|
.SS Editing
|
|
|
|
We first describe \fBThe command-line editor\fR.
|
|
|
|
The \fBCompletion and listing\fR and \fBSpelling correction\fR sections
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
describe two sets of functionality that are implemented as editor commands
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
but which deserve their own treatment.
|
|
|
|
Finally, \fBEditor commands\fR lists and describes
|
|
|
|
the editor commands specific to the shell and their default bindings.
|
|
|
|
.SS "The command-line editor (+)"
|
|
|
|
Command-line input can be edited using key sequences much like those used in
|
|
|
|
GNU Emacs or \fIvi\fR(1).
|
|
|
|
The editor is active only when the \fBedit\fR shell variable is set, which
|
|
|
|
it is by default in interactive shells.
|
|
|
|
The \fIbindkey\fR builtin can display and change key bindings.
|
|
|
|
Emacs-style key bindings are used by default
|
|
|
|
(unless the shell was compiled otherwise; see the \fBversion\fR shell variable),
|
|
|
|
but \fIbindkey\fR can change the key bindings to \fIvi\fR-style bindings en masse.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The shell always binds the arrow keys (as defined in the \fBTERMCAP\fR
|
|
|
|
environment variable) to
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.RS +4
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
down
|
|
|
|
\fIdown-history\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
up
|
|
|
|
\fIup-history\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
left
|
|
|
|
\fIbackward-char\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
right
|
|
|
|
\fIforward-char\fR
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
unless doing so would alter another single-character binding.
|
|
|
|
One can set the arrow key escape sequences to the empty string with \fIsettc\fR
|
|
|
|
to prevent these bindings.
|
|
|
|
The ANSI/VT100 sequences for arrow keys are always bound.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Other key bindings are, for the most part, what Emacs and \fIvi\fR(1)
|
|
|
|
users would expect and can easily be displayed by \fIbindkey\fR, so there
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
is no need to list them here. Likewise, \fIbindkey\fR can list the editor
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
commands with a short description of each.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Note that editor commands do not have the same notion of a ``word'' as does the
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
shell. The editor delimits words with any non-alphanumeric characters not in
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
the shell variable \fBwordchars\fR, while the shell recognizes only whitespace
|
|
|
|
and some of the characters with special meanings to it, listed under
|
|
|
|
\fBLexical structure\fR.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Completion and listing (+)"
|
|
|
|
The shell is often able to complete words when given a unique abbreviation.
|
|
|
|
Type part of a word (for example `ls /usr/lost') and hit the tab key to
|
|
|
|
run the \fIcomplete-word\fR editor command.
|
|
|
|
The shell completes the filename `/usr/lost' to `/usr/lost+found/',
|
|
|
|
replacing the incomplete word with the complete word in the input buffer.
|
|
|
|
(Note the terminal `/'; completion adds a `/' to the
|
|
|
|
end of completed directories and a space to the end of other completed words,
|
|
|
|
to speed typing and provide a visual indicator of successful completion.
|
|
|
|
The \fBaddsuffix\fR shell variable can be unset to prevent this.)
|
|
|
|
If no match is found (perhaps `/usr/lost+found' doesn't exist),
|
|
|
|
the terminal bell rings.
|
|
|
|
If the word is already complete (perhaps there is a `/usr/lost' on your
|
|
|
|
system, or perhaps you were thinking too far ahead and typed the whole thing)
|
|
|
|
a `/' or space is added to the end if it isn't already there.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Completion works anywhere in the line, not at just the end; completed
|
|
|
|
text pushes the rest of the line to the right. Completion in the middle of a word
|
|
|
|
often results in leftover characters to the right of the cursor that need
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
to be deleted.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Commands and variables can be completed in much the same way.
|
|
|
|
For example, typing `em[tab]' would complete `em' to
|
|
|
|
`emacs' if \fIemacs\fR were the only command on your system beginning with `em'.
|
|
|
|
Completion can find a command in any directory in \fBpath\fR or if
|
|
|
|
given a full pathname.
|
|
|
|
Typing `echo $ar[tab]' would complete `$ar' to `$argv'
|
|
|
|
if no other variable began with `ar'.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The shell parses the input buffer to determine whether the word you want to
|
|
|
|
complete should be completed as a filename, command or variable.
|
|
|
|
The first word in the buffer and the first word following
|
|
|
|
`;', `|', `|&', `&&' or `||' is considered to be a command.
|
|
|
|
A word beginning with `$' is considered to be a variable.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Anything else is a filename. An empty line is `completed' as a filename.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
You can list the possible completions of a word at any time by typing `^D'
|
|
|
|
to run the \fIdelete-char-or-list-or-eof\fR editor command.
|
|
|
|
The shell lists the possible completions using the \fIls\-F\fR builtin (q.v.)
|
|
|
|
and reprints the prompt and unfinished command line, for example:
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> ls /usr/l[^D]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
lbin/ lib/ local/ lost+found/
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> ls /usr/l
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If the \fBautolist\fR shell variable is set, the shell lists the remaining
|
|
|
|
choices (if any) whenever completion fails:
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> set autolist
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> nm /usr/lib/libt[tab]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
libtermcap.a@ libtermlib.a@
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> nm /usr/lib/libterm
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If \fBautolist\fR is set to `ambiguous', choices are listed only when
|
|
|
|
completion fails and adds no new characters to the word being completed.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
A filename to be completed can contain variables, your own or others' home
|
|
|
|
directories abbreviated with `~' (see \fBFilename substitution\fR) and
|
|
|
|
directory stack entries abbreviated with `='
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
(see \fBDirectory stack substitution\fR). For example,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> ls ~k[^D]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
kahn kas kellogg
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> ls ~ke[tab]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> ls ~kellogg/
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> set local = /usr/local
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> ls $lo[tab]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> ls $local/[^D]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
bin/ etc/ lib/ man/ src/
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> ls $local/
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Note that variables can also be expanded explicitly with the
|
|
|
|
\fIexpand-variables\fR editor command.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIdelete-char-or-list-or-eof\fR lists at only the end of the line;
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
in the middle of a line it deletes the character under the cursor and
|
|
|
|
on an empty line it logs one out or, if \fBignoreeof\fR is set, does nothing.
|
|
|
|
`M-^D', bound to the editor command \fIlist-choices\fR, lists completion
|
|
|
|
possibilities anywhere on a line, and \fIlist-choices\fR (or any one of the
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
related editor commands that do or don't delete, list and/or log out,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
listed under \fIdelete-char-or-list-or-eof\fR) can be bound to `^D' with
|
|
|
|
the \fIbindkey\fR builtin command if so desired.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fIcomplete-word-fwd\fR and \fIcomplete-word-back\fR editor commands
|
|
|
|
(not bound to any keys by default) can be used to cycle up and down through
|
|
|
|
the list of possible completions, replacing the current word with the next or
|
|
|
|
previous word in the list.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The shell variable \fBfignore\fR can be set to a list of suffixes to be
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
ignored by completion. Consider the following:
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> ls
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Makefile condiments.h~ main.o side.c
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
README main.c meal side.o
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
condiments.h main.c~
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> set fignore = (.o \\~)
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> emacs ma[^D]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
main.c main.c~ main.o
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> emacs ma[tab]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> emacs main.c
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
`main.c~' and `main.o' are ignored by completion (but not listing),
|
|
|
|
because they end in suffixes in \fBfignore\fR.
|
|
|
|
Note that a `\\' was needed in front of `~' to prevent it from being
|
|
|
|
expanded to \fBhome\fR as described under \fBFilename substitution\fR.
|
|
|
|
\fBfignore\fR is ignored if only one completion is possible.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If the \fBcomplete\fR shell variable is set to `enhance', completion
|
|
|
|
1) ignores case and 2) considers periods, hyphens and underscores
|
|
|
|
(`.', `\-' and `_') to be word separators and hyphens and underscores to
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
be equivalent. If you had the following files
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
comp.lang.c comp.lang.perl comp.std.c++
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
comp.lang.c++ comp.std.c
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
and typed `mail \-f c.l.c[tab]', it would be completed to
|
|
|
|
`mail \-f comp.lang.c', and ^D would list `comp.lang.c' and `comp.lang.c++'.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
`mail \-f c..c++[^D]' would list `comp.lang.c++' and `comp.std.c++'. Typing
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
`rm a\-\-file[^D]' in the following directory
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
A_silly_file a-hyphenated-file another_silly_file
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
would list all three files, because case is ignored and hyphens and
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
underscores are equivalent. Periods, however, are not equivalent to
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
hyphens or underscores.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
If the \fBcomplete\fR shell variable is set to `Enhance', completion
|
|
|
|
ignores case and differences between a hyphen and an underscore word
|
|
|
|
separator only when the user types a lowercase character or a hyphen.
|
|
|
|
Entering an uppercase character or an underscore will not match the
|
|
|
|
corresponding lowercase character or hyphen word separator.
|
|
|
|
Typing `rm a\-\-file[^D]' in the directory of the previous example would
|
|
|
|
still list all three files, but typing `rm A\-\-file' would match only
|
|
|
|
`A_silly_file' and typing `rm a__file[^D]' would match just `A_silly_file'
|
|
|
|
and `another_silly_file' because the user explicitly used an uppercase
|
|
|
|
or an underscore character.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Completion and listing are affected by several other shell variables:
|
|
|
|
\fBrecexact\fR can be set to complete on the shortest possible unique
|
|
|
|
match, even if more typing might result in a longer match:
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> ls
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
fodder foo food foonly
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> set recexact
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> rm fo[tab]
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
just beeps, because `fo' could expand to `fod' or `foo', but if we type
|
|
|
|
another `o',
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> rm foo[tab]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> rm foo
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
the completion completes on `foo', even though `food' and `foonly'
|
|
|
|
also match.
|
|
|
|
\fBautoexpand\fR can be set to run the \fIexpand-history\fR editor command
|
|
|
|
before each completion attempt, \fBautocorrect\fR can be set to
|
|
|
|
spelling-correct the word to be completed (see \fBSpelling correction\fR)
|
|
|
|
before each completion attempt and \fBcorrect\fR can be set to complete
|
|
|
|
commands automatically after one hits `return'.
|
|
|
|
\fBmatchbeep\fR can be set to make completion beep or not beep in a variety
|
|
|
|
of situations, and \fBnobeep\fR can be set to never beep at all.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBnostat\fR can be set to a list of directories and/or patterns that
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
match directories to prevent the completion mechanism from \fIstat\fR(2)ing
|
|
|
|
those directories.
|
|
|
|
\fBlistmax\fR and \fBlistmaxrows\fR can be set to limit the number of items
|
|
|
|
and rows (respectively) that are listed without asking first.
|
|
|
|
\fBrecognize_only_executables\fR can be set to make the shell list only
|
|
|
|
executables when listing commands, but it is quite slow.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Finally, the \fIcomplete\fR builtin command can be used to tell the shell how
|
|
|
|
to complete words other than filenames, commands and variables.
|
|
|
|
Completion and listing do not work on glob-patterns (see \fBFilename substitution\fR),
|
|
|
|
but the \fIlist-glob\fR and \fIexpand-glob\fR editor commands perform
|
|
|
|
equivalent functions for glob-patterns.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Spelling correction (+)"
|
|
|
|
The shell can sometimes correct the spelling of filenames, commands and variable names
|
|
|
|
as well as completing and listing them.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Individual words can be spelling-corrected with the \fIspell-word\fR
|
|
|
|
editor command (usually bound to M-s and M-S)
|
|
|
|
and the entire input buffer with \fIspell-line\fR (usually bound to M-$).
|
|
|
|
The \fBcorrect\fR shell variable can be set to `cmd' to correct the
|
|
|
|
command name or `all' to correct the entire line each time return is typed,
|
|
|
|
and \fBautocorrect\fR can be set to correct the word to be completed
|
|
|
|
before each completion attempt.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
When spelling correction is invoked in any of these ways and
|
|
|
|
the shell thinks that any part of the command line is misspelled,
|
|
|
|
it prompts with the corrected line:
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> set correct = cmd
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> lz /usr/bin
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
CORRECT>ls /usr/bin (y|n|e|a)?
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
One can answer `y' or space to execute the corrected line,
|
|
|
|
`e' to leave the uncorrected command in the input buffer,
|
|
|
|
`a' to abort the command as if `^C' had been hit, and
|
|
|
|
anything else to execute the original line unchanged.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Spelling correction recognizes user-defined completions (see the
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIcomplete\fR builtin command). If an input word in a position for
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
which a completion is defined resembles a word in the completion list,
|
|
|
|
spelling correction registers a misspelling and suggests the latter
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
word as a correction. However, if the input word does not match any of
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
the possible completions for that position, spelling correction does
|
|
|
|
not register a misspelling.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Like completion, spelling correction works anywhere in the line,
|
|
|
|
pushing the rest of the line to the right and possibly leaving
|
|
|
|
extra characters to the right of the cursor.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Beware: spelling correction is not guaranteed to work the way one intends,
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
and is provided mostly as an experimental feature.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Suggestions and improvements are welcome.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Editor commands (+)"
|
|
|
|
`bindkey' lists key bindings and `bindkey \-l' lists and briefly describes
|
|
|
|
editor commands.
|
|
|
|
Only new or especially interesting editor commands are described here.
|
|
|
|
See \fIemacs\fR(1) and \fIvi\fR(1) for descriptions of each editor's
|
|
|
|
key bindings.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The character or characters to which each command is bound by default is
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
given in parentheses. `^\fIcharacter\fR' means a control character and
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
`M-\fIcharacter\fR' a meta character, typed as escape-\fIcharacter\fR
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
on terminals without a meta key. Case counts, but commands that are bound
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
to letters by default are bound to both lower- and uppercase letters for
|
|
|
|
convenience.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B complete-word \fR(tab)
|
|
|
|
Completes a word as described under \fBCompletion and listing\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B complete-word-back \fR(not bound)
|
|
|
|
Like \fIcomplete-word-fwd\fR, but steps up from the end of the list.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B complete-word-fwd \fR(not bound)
|
|
|
|
Replaces the current word with the first word in the list of possible
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
completions. May be repeated to step down through the list.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
At the end of the list, beeps and reverts to the incomplete word.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B complete-word-raw \fR(^X-tab)
|
|
|
|
Like \fIcomplete-word\fR, but ignores user-defined completions.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B copy-prev-word \fR(M-^_)
|
|
|
|
Copies the previous word in the current line into the input buffer.
|
|
|
|
See also \fIinsert-last-word\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B dabbrev-expand \fR(M-/)
|
|
|
|
Expands the current word to the most recent preceding one for which
|
|
|
|
the current is a leading substring, wrapping around the history list
|
|
|
|
(once) if necessary.
|
|
|
|
Repeating \fIdabbrev-expand\fR without any intervening typing
|
|
|
|
changes to the next previous word etc., skipping identical matches
|
|
|
|
much like \fIhistory-search-backward\fR does.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B delete-char \fR(not bound)
|
|
|
|
Deletes the character under the cursor.
|
|
|
|
See also \fIdelete-char-or-list-or-eof\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B delete-char-or-eof \fR(not bound)
|
|
|
|
Does \fIdelete-char\fR if there is a character under the cursor
|
|
|
|
or \fIend-of-file\fR on an empty line.
|
|
|
|
See also \fIdelete-char-or-list-or-eof\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B delete-char-or-list \fR(not bound)
|
|
|
|
Does \fIdelete-char\fR if there is a character under the cursor
|
|
|
|
or \fIlist-choices\fR at the end of the line.
|
|
|
|
See also \fIdelete-char-or-list-or-eof\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B delete-char-or-list-or-eof \fR(^D)
|
|
|
|
Does \fIdelete-char\fR if there is a character under the cursor,
|
|
|
|
\fIlist-choices\fR at the end of the line
|
|
|
|
or \fIend-of-file\fR on an empty line.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
See also those three commands, each of which does only a single action, and
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIdelete-char-or-eof\fR, \fIdelete-char-or-list\fR and \fIlist-or-eof\fR,
|
|
|
|
each of which does a different two out of the three.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B down-history \fR(down-arrow, ^N)
|
|
|
|
Like \fIup-history\fR, but steps down, stopping at the original input line.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B end-of-file \fR(not bound)
|
|
|
|
Signals an end of file, causing the shell to exit unless the \fBignoreeof\fR
|
|
|
|
shell variable (q.v.) is set to prevent this.
|
|
|
|
See also \fIdelete-char-or-list-or-eof\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B expand-history \fR(M-space)
|
|
|
|
Expands history substitutions in the current word.
|
|
|
|
See \fBHistory substitution\fR.
|
|
|
|
See also \fImagic-space\fR, \fItoggle-literal-history\fR and
|
|
|
|
the \fBautoexpand\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B expand-glob \fR(^X-*)
|
|
|
|
Expands the glob-pattern to the left of the cursor.
|
|
|
|
See \fBFilename substitution\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B expand-line \fR(not bound)
|
|
|
|
Like \fIexpand-history\fR, but
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
expands history substitutions in each word in the input buffer.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B expand-variables \fR(^X-$)
|
|
|
|
Expands the variable to the left of the cursor.
|
|
|
|
See \fBVariable substitution\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B history-search-backward \fR(M-p, M-P)
|
|
|
|
Searches backwards through the history list for a command beginning with
|
|
|
|
the current contents of the input buffer up to the cursor and copies it
|
|
|
|
into the input buffer.
|
|
|
|
The search string may be a glob-pattern (see \fBFilename substitution\fR)
|
|
|
|
containing `*', `?', `[]' or `{}'.
|
|
|
|
\fIup-history\fR and \fIdown-history\fR will proceed from the
|
|
|
|
appropriate point in the history list.
|
|
|
|
Emacs mode only.
|
|
|
|
See also \fIhistory-search-forward\fR and \fIi-search-back\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B history-search-forward \fR(M-n, M-N)
|
|
|
|
Like \fIhistory-search-backward\fR, but searches forward.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B i-search-back \fR(not bound)
|
|
|
|
Searches backward like \fIhistory-search-backward\fR, copies the first match
|
|
|
|
into the input buffer with the cursor positioned at the end of the pattern,
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
and prompts with `bck: ' and the first match. Additional characters may be
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
typed to extend the search, \fIi-search-back\fR may be typed to continue
|
|
|
|
searching with the same pattern, wrapping around the history list if
|
|
|
|
necessary, (\fIi-search-back\fR must be bound to a
|
|
|
|
single character for this to work) or one of the following special characters
|
|
|
|
may be typed:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.RS +4
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
^W
|
|
|
|
Appends the rest of the word under the cursor to the search pattern.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
delete (or any character bound to \fIbackward-delete-char\fR)
|
|
|
|
Undoes the effect of the last character typed and deletes a character
|
|
|
|
from the search pattern if appropriate.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
^G
|
|
|
|
If the previous search was successful, aborts the entire search.
|
|
|
|
If not, goes back to the last successful search.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
escape
|
|
|
|
Ends the search, leaving the current line in the input buffer.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Any other character not bound to \fIself-insert-command\fR terminates the
|
|
|
|
search, leaving the current line in the input buffer, and
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
is then interpreted as normal input. In particular, a carriage return
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
causes the current line to be executed.
|
|
|
|
Emacs mode only.
|
|
|
|
See also \fIi-search-fwd\fR and \fIhistory-search-backward\fR.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B i-search-fwd \fR(not bound)
|
|
|
|
Like \fIi-search-back\fR, but searches forward.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B insert-last-word \fR(M-_)
|
|
|
|
Inserts the last word of the previous input line (`!$') into the input buffer.
|
|
|
|
See also \fIcopy-prev-word\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B list-choices \fR(M-^D)
|
|
|
|
Lists completion possibilities as described under \fBCompletion and listing\fR.
|
|
|
|
See also \fIdelete-char-or-list-or-eof\fR and \fIlist-choices-raw\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B list-choices-raw \fR(^X-^D)
|
|
|
|
Like \fIlist-choices\fR, but ignores user-defined completions.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B list-glob \fR(^X-g, ^X-G)
|
|
|
|
Lists (via the \fIls\-F\fR builtin) matches to the glob-pattern
|
|
|
|
(see \fBFilename substitution\fR) to the left of the cursor.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B list-or-eof \fR(not bound)
|
|
|
|
Does \fIlist-choices\fR
|
|
|
|
or \fIend-of-file\fR on an empty line.
|
|
|
|
See also \fIdelete-char-or-list-or-eof\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B magic-space \fR(not bound)
|
|
|
|
Expands history substitutions in the current line,
|
2004-07-11 02:17:56 +00:00
|
|
|
like \fIexpand-history\fR, and inserts a space.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fImagic-space\fR is designed to be bound to the space bar,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
but is not bound by default.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B normalize-command \fR(^X-?)
|
|
|
|
Searches for the current word in PATH and, if it is found, replaces it with
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
the full path to the executable. Special characters are quoted. Aliases are
|
|
|
|
expanded and quoted but commands within aliases are not. This command is
|
|
|
|
useful with commands that take commands as arguments, e.g., `dbx' and `sh \-x'.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B normalize-path \fR(^X-n, ^X-N)
|
|
|
|
Expands the current word as described under the `expand' setting
|
|
|
|
of the \fBsymlinks\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B overwrite-mode \fR(unbound)
|
|
|
|
Toggles between input and overwrite modes.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B run-fg-editor \fR(M-^Z)
|
|
|
|
Saves the current input line and
|
|
|
|
looks for a stopped job with a name equal to the last component of the
|
|
|
|
file name part of the \fBEDITOR\fR or \fBVISUAL\fR environment variables,
|
|
|
|
or, if neither is set, `ed' or `vi'.
|
|
|
|
If such a job is found, it is restarted as if `fg %\fIjob\fR' had been
|
|
|
|
typed. This is used to toggle back and forth between an editor and
|
|
|
|
the shell easily. Some people bind this command to `^Z' so they
|
|
|
|
can do this even more easily.
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
.B run-help \fR(M-h, M-H)
|
|
|
|
Searches for documentation on the current command, using the same notion of
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
`current command' as the completion routines, and prints it. There is no way
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
to use a pager; \fIrun-help\fR is designed for short help files.
|
|
|
|
If the special alias \fBhelpcommand\fR is defined, it is run with the
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
command name as a sole argument. Else,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
documentation should be in a file named \fIcommand\fR.help, \fIcommand\fR.1,
|
|
|
|
\fIcommand\fR.6, \fIcommand\fR.8 or \fIcommand\fR, which should be in one
|
|
|
|
of the directories listed in the \fBHPATH\fR environment variable.
|
|
|
|
If there is more than one help file only the first is printed.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B self-insert-command \fR(text characters)
|
|
|
|
In insert mode (the default), inserts the typed character into the input line after the character under the cursor.
|
|
|
|
In overwrite mode, replaces the character under the cursor with the typed character.
|
|
|
|
The input mode is normally preserved between lines, but the
|
|
|
|
\fBinputmode\fR shell variable can be set to `insert' or `overwrite' to put the
|
|
|
|
editor in that mode at the beginning of each line.
|
|
|
|
See also \fIoverwrite-mode\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B sequence-lead-in \fR(arrow prefix, meta prefix, ^X)
|
|
|
|
Indicates that the following characters are part of a
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
multi-key sequence. Binding a command to a multi-key sequence really creates
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
two bindings: the first character to \fIsequence-lead-in\fR and the
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
whole sequence to the command. All sequences beginning with a character
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
bound to \fIsequence-lead-in\fR are effectively bound to \fIundefined-key\fR
|
|
|
|
unless bound to another command.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B spell-line \fR(M-$)
|
|
|
|
Attempts to correct the spelling of each word in the input buffer, like
|
|
|
|
\fIspell-word\fR, but ignores words whose first character is one of
|
|
|
|
`\-', `!', `^' or `%', or which contain `\\', `*' or `?', to avoid problems
|
|
|
|
with switches, substitutions and the like.
|
|
|
|
See \fBSpelling correction\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B spell-word \fR(M-s, M-S)
|
|
|
|
Attempts to correct the spelling of the current word as described
|
|
|
|
under \fBSpelling correction\fR.
|
|
|
|
Checks each component of a word which appears to be a pathname.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B toggle-literal-history \fR(M-r, M-R)
|
|
|
|
Expands or `unexpands' history substitutions in the input buffer.
|
|
|
|
See also \fIexpand-history\fR and the \fBautoexpand\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B undefined-key \fR(any unbound key)
|
|
|
|
Beeps.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B up-history \fR(up-arrow, ^P)
|
|
|
|
Copies the previous entry in the history list into the input buffer.
|
|
|
|
If \fBhistlit\fR is set, uses the literal form of the entry.
|
|
|
|
May be repeated to step up through the history list, stopping at the top.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B vi-search-back \fR(?)
|
|
|
|
Prompts with `?' for a search string (which may be a glob-pattern, as with
|
|
|
|
\fIhistory-search-backward\fR), searches for it and copies it into the
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
input buffer. The bell rings if no match is found.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Hitting return ends the search and leaves the last match in the input
|
|
|
|
buffer.
|
|
|
|
Hitting escape ends the search and executes the match.
|
|
|
|
\fIvi\fR mode only.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B vi-search-fwd \fR(/)
|
|
|
|
Like \fIvi-search-back\fR, but searches forward.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B which-command \fR(M-?)
|
|
|
|
Does a \fIwhich\fR (see the description of the builtin command) on the
|
|
|
|
first word of the input buffer.
|
2004-07-11 02:17:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B yank-pop \fR(M-y)
|
|
|
|
When executed immediately after a \fIyank\fR or another \fIyank-pop\fR,
|
|
|
|
replaces the yanked string with the next previous string from the
|
|
|
|
killring. This also has the effect of rotating the killring, such that
|
|
|
|
this string will be considered the most recently killed by a later
|
|
|
|
\fIyank\fR command. Repeating \fIyank-pop\fR will cycle through the
|
|
|
|
killring any number of times.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS "Lexical structure"
|
|
|
|
The shell splits input lines into words at blanks and tabs. The special
|
|
|
|
characters `&', `|', `;', `<', `>', `(', and `)' and the doubled characters
|
|
|
|
`&&', `||', `<<' and `>>' are always separate words, whether or not they are
|
|
|
|
surrounded by whitespace.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
When the shell's input is not a terminal, the character `#' is taken to begin a
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
comment. Each `#' and the rest of the input line on which it appears is
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
discarded before further parsing.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
A special character (including a blank or tab) may be prevented from having
|
|
|
|
its special meaning, and possibly made part of another word, by preceding it
|
|
|
|
with a backslash (`\\') or enclosing it in single (`''), double (`"') or
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
backward (``') quotes. When not otherwise quoted a newline preceded by a `\\'
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
is equivalent to a blank, but inside quotes this sequence results in a
|
|
|
|
newline.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Furthermore, all \fBSubstitutions\fR (see below) except \fBHistory substitution\fR
|
|
|
|
can be prevented by enclosing the strings (or parts of strings)
|
|
|
|
in which they appear with single quotes or by quoting the crucial character(s)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
(e.g., `$' or ``' for \fBVariable substitution\fR or \fBCommand substitution\fR respectively)
|
|
|
|
with `\\'. (\fBAlias substitution\fR is no exception: quoting in any way any
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
character of a word for which an \fIalias\fR has been defined prevents
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
substitution of the alias. The usual way of quoting an alias is to precede it
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
with a backslash.) \fBHistory substitution\fR is prevented by
|
|
|
|
backslashes but not by single quotes. Strings quoted with double or backward
|
|
|
|
quotes undergo \fBVariable substitution\fR and \fBCommand substitution\fR, but other
|
|
|
|
substitutions are prevented.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Text inside single or double quotes becomes a single word (or part of one).
|
|
|
|
Metacharacters in these strings, including blanks and tabs, do not form
|
|
|
|
separate words. Only in one special case (see \fBCommand substitution\fR
|
|
|
|
below) can a double-quoted string yield parts of more than one word;
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
single-quoted strings never do. Backward quotes are special: they signal
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBCommand substitution\fR (q.v.), which may result in more than one word.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Quoting complex strings, particularly strings which themselves contain quoting
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
characters, can be confusing. Remember that quotes need not be used as they are
|
|
|
|
in human writing! It may be easier to quote not an entire string, but only
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
those parts of the string which need quoting, using different types of quoting
|
|
|
|
to do so if appropriate.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fBbackslash_quote\fR shell variable (q.v.) can be set to make backslashes
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
always quote `\\', `'', and `"'. (+) This may make complex quoting tasks
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
easier, but it can cause syntax errors in \fIcsh\fR(1) scripts.
|
|
|
|
.SS Substitutions
|
|
|
|
We now describe the various transformations the shell performs on the input in
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
the order in which they occur. We note in passing the data structures involved
|
|
|
|
and the commands and variables which affect them. Remember that substitutions
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
can be prevented by quoting as described under \fBLexical structure\fR.
|
|
|
|
.SS "History substitution"
|
|
|
|
Each command, or ``event'', input from the terminal is saved in the history
|
|
|
|
list. The previous command is always saved, and the \fBhistory\fR shell
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
variable can be set to a number to save that many commands. The \fBhistdup\fR
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
shell variable can be set to not save duplicate events or consecutive duplicate
|
|
|
|
events.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Saved commands are numbered sequentially from 1 and stamped with the time.
|
|
|
|
It is not usually necessary to use event numbers, but the current event number
|
|
|
|
can be made part of the prompt by placing an `!' in the \fBprompt\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The shell actually saves history in expanded and literal (unexpanded) forms.
|
|
|
|
If the \fBhistlit\fR shell variable is set, commands that display and store
|
|
|
|
history use the literal form.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fIhistory\fR builtin command can print, store in a file, restore
|
|
|
|
and clear the history list at any time,
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
and the \fBsavehist\fR and \fBhistfile\fR shell variables can be set to
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
store the history list automatically on logout and restore it on login.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
History substitutions introduce words from the history list into the input
|
|
|
|
stream, making it easy to repeat commands, repeat arguments of a previous
|
|
|
|
command in the current command, or fix spelling mistakes in the previous
|
|
|
|
command with little typing and a high degree of confidence.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
History substitutions begin with the character `!'. They may begin anywhere in
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
the input stream, but they do not nest. The `!' may be preceded by a `\\' to
|
|
|
|
prevent its special meaning; for convenience, a `!' is passed unchanged when it
|
|
|
|
is followed by a blank, tab, newline, `=' or `('. History substitutions also
|
|
|
|
occur when an input line begins with `^'. This special abbreviation will be
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
described later. The characters used to signal history substitution (`!' and
|
|
|
|
`^') can be changed by setting the \fBhistchars\fR shell variable. Any input
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
line which contains a history substitution is printed before it is executed.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
A history substitution may have an ``event specification'', which indicates
|
|
|
|
the event from which words are to be taken, a ``word designator'',
|
|
|
|
which selects particular words from the chosen event, and/or a ``modifier'',
|
|
|
|
which manipulates the selected words.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
An event specification can be
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.RS +4
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.I n
|
|
|
|
A number, referring to a particular event
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
\-\fIn\fR
|
|
|
|
An offset, referring to the event \fIn\fR before the current event
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
The current event.
|
|
|
|
This should be used carefully in \fIcsh\fR(1), where there is no check for
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
recursion. \fItcsh\fR allows 10 levels of recursion. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
!
|
|
|
|
The previous event (equivalent to `\-1')
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.I s
|
|
|
|
The most recent event whose first word begins with the string \fIs\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
?\fIs\fR?
|
|
|
|
The most recent event which contains the string \fIs\fR.
|
|
|
|
The second `?' can be omitted if it is immediately followed by a newline.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
For example, consider this bit of someone's history list:
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
\ 9 8:30 nroff \-man wumpus.man
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
10 8:31 cp wumpus.man wumpus.man.old
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
11 8:36 vi wumpus.man
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
12 8:37 diff wumpus.man.old wumpus.man
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The commands are shown with their event numbers and time stamps.
|
|
|
|
The current event, which we haven't typed in yet, is event 13.
|
|
|
|
`!11' and `!\-2' refer to event 11.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
`!!' refers to the previous event, 12. `!!' can be abbreviated `!' if it is
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
followed by `:' (`:' is described below).
|
|
|
|
`!n' refers to event 9, which begins with `n'.
|
|
|
|
`!?old?' also refers to event 12, which contains `old'.
|
|
|
|
Without word designators or modifiers history references simply expand to the
|
|
|
|
entire event, so we might type `!cp' to redo the copy command or `!!|more'
|
|
|
|
if the `diff' output scrolled off the top of the screen.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
History references may be insulated from the surrounding text with braces if
|
|
|
|
necessary. For example, `!vdoc' would look for a command beginning with
|
|
|
|
`vdoc', and, in this example, not find one, but `!{v}doc' would expand
|
|
|
|
unambiguously to `vi wumpus.mandoc'.
|
|
|
|
Even in braces, history substitutions do not nest.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
(+) While \fIcsh\fR(1) expands, for example, `!3d' to event 3 with the
|
|
|
|
letter `d' appended to it, \fItcsh\fR expands it to the last event beginning
|
|
|
|
with `3d'; only completely numeric arguments are treated as event numbers.
|
|
|
|
This makes it possible to recall events beginning with numbers.
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
To expand `!3d' as in \fIcsh\fR(1) say `!{3}d'.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
To select words from an event we can follow the event specification by a `:'
|
|
|
|
and a designator for the desired words. The words of an input line are
|
|
|
|
numbered from 0, the first (usually command) word being 0, the second word
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
(first argument) being 1, etc. The basic word designators are:
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.RS +4
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
The first (command) word
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.I n
|
|
|
|
The \fIn\fRth argument
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
^
|
|
|
|
The first argument, equivalent to `1'
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
The last argument
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
The word matched by an ?\fIs\fR? search
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.I x\-y
|
|
|
|
A range of words
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.I \-y
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to \fI`0\-y'\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to `^\-$', but returns nothing if the event contains only 1 word
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.I x*
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to \fI`x\-$'\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.I x\-
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to \fI`x*'\fR, but omitting the last word (`$')
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Selected words are inserted into the command line separated by single blanks.
|
|
|
|
For example, the `diff' command in the previous example might have been
|
|
|
|
typed as `diff !!:1.old !!:1' (using `:1' to select the first argument
|
|
|
|
from the previous event) or `diff !\-2:2 !\-2:1' to select and swap the
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
arguments from the `cp' command. If we didn't care about the order of the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
`diff' we might have said `diff !\-2:1\-2' or simply `diff !\-2:*'.
|
|
|
|
The `cp' command might have been written `cp wumpus.man !#:1.old', using `#'
|
|
|
|
to refer to the current event.
|
|
|
|
`!n:\- hurkle.man' would reuse the first two words from the `nroff' command
|
|
|
|
to say `nroff \-man hurkle.man'.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The `:' separating the event specification from the word designator can be
|
|
|
|
omitted if the argument selector begins with a `^', `$', `*', `%' or `\-'.
|
|
|
|
For example, our `diff' command might have been `diff !!^.old !!^' or,
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
equivalently, `diff !!$.old !!$'. However, if `!!' is abbreviated `!',
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
an argument selector beginning with `\-' will be interpreted as an event
|
|
|
|
specification.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
A history reference may have a word designator but no event specification.
|
|
|
|
It then references the previous command.
|
|
|
|
Continuing our `diff' example, we could have said simply `diff
|
|
|
|
!^.old !^' or, to get the arguments in the opposite order, just `diff !*'.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The word or words in a history reference can be edited, or ``modified'',
|
|
|
|
by following it with one or more modifiers, each preceded by a `:':
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.RS +4
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
h
|
|
|
|
Remove a trailing pathname component, leaving the head.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
t
|
|
|
|
Remove all leading pathname components, leaving the tail.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
r
|
|
|
|
Remove a filename extension `.xxx', leaving the root name.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
e
|
|
|
|
Remove all but the extension.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
u
|
|
|
|
Uppercase the first lowercase letter.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
l
|
|
|
|
Lowercase the first uppercase letter.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
s\fI/l/r/\fR
|
|
|
|
Substitute \fIl\fR for \fIr\fR.
|
|
|
|
\fIl\fR is simply a string like \fIr\fR, not a regular expression as in
|
|
|
|
the eponymous \fIed\fR(1) command.
|
|
|
|
Any character may be used as the delimiter in place of `/';
|
|
|
|
a `\\' can be used to quote the delimiter inside \fIl\fR and \fIr\fR.
|
|
|
|
The character `&' in the \fIr\fR is replaced by \fIl\fR; `\\' also quotes `&'.
|
|
|
|
If \fIl\fR is empty (``''), the \fIl\fR from a previous substitution or the
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIs\fR from a previous search or event number in event specification is used.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
The trailing delimiter may be omitted if it is immediately followed by a newline.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
&
|
|
|
|
Repeat the previous substitution.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
g
|
|
|
|
Apply the following modifier once to each word.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
a (+)
|
|
|
|
Apply the following modifier as many times as possible to a single word.
|
|
|
|
`a' and `g' can be used together to apply a modifier globally.
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
With the `s' modifier, only the patterns contained in the original word are
|
|
|
|
substituted, not patterns that contain any substitution result.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
p
|
|
|
|
Print the new command line but do not execute it.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
q
|
|
|
|
Quote the substituted words, preventing further substitutions.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
Like q, but break into words at blanks, tabs and newlines.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Modifiers are applied to only the first modifiable word (unless `g' is used).
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
It is an error for no word to be modifiable.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
For example, the `diff' command might have been written as `diff wumpus.man.old
|
|
|
|
!#^:r', using `:r' to remove `.old' from the first argument on the same line
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
(`!#^'). We could say `echo hello out there', then `echo !*:u' to capitalize
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
`hello', `echo !*:au' to say it out loud, or `echo !*:agu' to really shout.
|
|
|
|
We might follow `mail \-s "I forgot my password" rot' with `!:s/rot/root' to
|
|
|
|
correct the spelling of `root' (but see \fBSpelling correction\fR for a
|
|
|
|
different approach).
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
There is a special abbreviation for substitutions.
|
|
|
|
`^', when it is the first character on an input line, is equivalent to `!:s^'.
|
|
|
|
Thus we might have said `^rot^root' to make the spelling correction in the
|
|
|
|
previous example.
|
|
|
|
This is the only history substitution which does not explicitly begin with `!'.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
(+) In \fIcsh\fR as such, only one modifier may be applied to each history
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
or variable expansion. In \fItcsh\fR, more than one may be used, for example
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
% mv wumpus.man /usr/man/man1/wumpus.1
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
% man !$:t:r
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
man wumpus
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
In \fIcsh\fR, the result would be `wumpus.1:r'. A substitution followed by a
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
colon may need to be insulated from it with braces:
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> mv a.out /usr/games/wumpus
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> setenv PATH !$:h:$PATH
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Bad ! modifier: $.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> setenv PATH !{\-2$:h}:$PATH
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
setenv PATH /usr/games:/bin:/usr/bin:.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The first attempt would succeed in \fIcsh\fR but fails in \fItcsh\fR,
|
|
|
|
because \fItcsh\fR expects another modifier after the second colon
|
|
|
|
rather than `$'.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Finally, history can be accessed through the editor as well as through
|
|
|
|
the substitutions just described.
|
|
|
|
The \fIup-\fR and \fIdown-history\fR, \fIhistory-search-backward\fR and
|
|
|
|
\fI-forward\fR, \fIi-search-back\fR and \fI-fwd\fR,
|
|
|
|
\fIvi-search-back\fR and \fI-fwd\fR, \fIcopy-prev-word\fR
|
|
|
|
and \fIinsert-last-word\fR editor commands search for
|
|
|
|
events in the history list and copy them into the input buffer.
|
|
|
|
The \fItoggle-literal-history\fR editor command switches between the
|
|
|
|
expanded and literal forms of history lines in the input buffer.
|
|
|
|
\fIexpand-history\fR and \fIexpand-line\fR expand history substitutions
|
|
|
|
in the current word and in the entire input buffer respectively.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Alias substitution"
|
|
|
|
The shell maintains a list of aliases which can be set, unset and printed by
|
|
|
|
the \fIalias\fR and \fIunalias\fR commands. After a command line is parsed
|
|
|
|
into simple commands (see \fBCommands\fR) the first word of each command,
|
|
|
|
left-to-right, is checked to see if it has an alias. If so, the first word is
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
replaced by the alias. If the alias contains a history reference, it undergoes
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBHistory substitution\fR (q.v.) as though the original command were the
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
previous input line. If the alias does not contain a history reference, the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
argument list is left untouched.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Thus if the alias for `ls' were `ls \-l' the command `ls /usr' would become `ls
|
|
|
|
\-l /usr', the argument list here being undisturbed. If the alias for `lookup'
|
|
|
|
were `grep !^ /etc/passwd' then `lookup bill' would become `grep bill
|
|
|
|
/etc/passwd'. Aliases can be used to introduce parser metasyntax. For
|
|
|
|
example, `alias print 'pr \e!* | lpr'' defines a ``command'' (`print') which
|
|
|
|
\fIpr\fR(1)s its arguments to the line printer.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Alias substitution is repeated until the first word of the command has no
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
alias. If an alias substitution does not change the first word (as in the
|
|
|
|
previous example) it is flagged to prevent a loop. Other loops are detected and
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
cause an error.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Some aliases are referred to by the shell; see \fBSpecial aliases\fR.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Variable substitution"
|
|
|
|
The shell maintains a list of variables, each of which has as value a list of
|
|
|
|
zero or more words.
|
|
|
|
The values of shell variables can be displayed and changed with the
|
|
|
|
\fIset\fR and \fIunset\fR commands.
|
|
|
|
The system maintains its own list of ``environment'' variables.
|
|
|
|
These can be displayed and changed with \fIprintenv\fR, \fIsetenv\fR and
|
|
|
|
\fIunsetenv\fR.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
(+) Variables may be made read-only with `set \-r' (q.v.).
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Read-only variables may not be modified or unset;
|
|
|
|
attempting to do so will cause an error.
|
|
|
|
Once made read-only, a variable cannot be made writable,
|
|
|
|
so `set \-r' should be used with caution.
|
|
|
|
Environment variables cannot be made read-only.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Some variables are set by the shell or referred to by it.
|
|
|
|
For instance, the \fBargv\fR variable is an image of the shell's argument
|
|
|
|
list, and words of this variable's value are referred to in special ways.
|
|
|
|
Some of the variables referred to by the shell are toggles;
|
|
|
|
the shell does not care what their value is, only whether they are set or not.
|
|
|
|
For instance, the \fBverbose\fR variable is a toggle which causes command
|
|
|
|
input to be echoed. The \fB\-v\fR command line option sets this variable.
|
|
|
|
\fBSpecial shell variables\fR lists all variables which are referred to by the shell.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Other operations treat variables numerically. The `@' command permits numeric
|
|
|
|
calculations to be performed and the result assigned to a variable. Variable
|
|
|
|
values are, however, always represented as (zero or more) strings. For the
|
|
|
|
purposes of numeric operations, the null string is considered to be zero, and
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
the second and subsequent words of multi-word values are ignored.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
After the input line is aliased and parsed, and before each command is
|
|
|
|
executed, variable substitution is performed keyed by `$' characters. This
|
|
|
|
expansion can be prevented by preceding the `$' with a `\e' except within `"'s
|
|
|
|
where it \fIalways\fR occurs, and within `''s where it \fInever\fR occurs.
|
|
|
|
Strings quoted by ``' are interpreted later (see \fBCommand substitution\fR
|
|
|
|
below) so `$' substitution does not occur there until later,
|
|
|
|
if at all. A `$' is passed unchanged if followed by a blank, tab, or
|
|
|
|
end-of-line.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Input/output redirections are recognized before variable expansion, and are
|
|
|
|
variable expanded separately. Otherwise, the command name and entire argument
|
|
|
|
list are expanded together. It is thus possible for the first (command) word
|
|
|
|
(to this point) to generate more than one word, the first of which becomes the
|
|
|
|
command name, and the rest of which become arguments.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Unless enclosed in `"' or given the `:q' modifier the results of variable
|
|
|
|
substitution may eventually be command and filename substituted. Within `"', a
|
|
|
|
variable whose value consists of multiple words expands to a (portion of a)
|
|
|
|
single word, with the words of the variable's value separated by blanks. When
|
|
|
|
the `:q' modifier is applied to a substitution the variable will expand to
|
|
|
|
multiple words with each word separated by a blank and quoted to prevent later
|
|
|
|
command or filename substitution.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The following metasequences are provided for introducing variable values into
|
|
|
|
the shell input. Except as noted, it is an error to reference a variable which
|
|
|
|
is not set.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
$\fIname\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
${\fIname\fR}
|
|
|
|
Substitutes the words of the value of variable \fIname\fR, each separated
|
|
|
|
by a blank. Braces insulate \fIname\fR from following characters which would
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
otherwise be part of it. Shell variables have names consisting of
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
letters and digits starting with a letter. The underscore character is
|
|
|
|
considered a letter. If \fIname\fR is not a shell variable, but is set in the
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
environment, then that value is returned (but some of the other forms
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
given below are not available in this case).
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
$\fIname\fR[\fIselector\fR]
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
${\fIname\fR[\fIselector\fR]}
|
|
|
|
Substitutes only the selected words from the value of \fIname\fR.
|
|
|
|
The \fIselector\fR is subjected to `$' substitution and may consist of
|
|
|
|
a single number or two numbers separated by a `\-'.
|
|
|
|
The first word of a variable's value is numbered `1'.
|
|
|
|
If the first number of a range is omitted it defaults to `1'.
|
|
|
|
If the last member of a range is omitted it defaults to `$#\fIname\fR'.
|
|
|
|
The \fIselector\fR `*' selects all words.
|
|
|
|
It is not an error for a range to be empty if the
|
|
|
|
second argument is omitted or in range.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
$0
|
|
|
|
Substitutes the name of the file from which command input
|
|
|
|
is being read. An error occurs if the name is not known.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
$\fInumber\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
${\fInumber\fR}
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to `$argv[\fInumber\fR]'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
$*
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to `$argv', which is equivalent to `$argv[*]'.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The `:' modifiers described under \fBHistory substitution\fR, except for `:p',
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
can be applied to the substitutions above. More than one may be used. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Braces may be needed to insulate a variable substitution from a literal colon
|
|
|
|
just as with \fBHistory substitution\fR (q.v.); any modifiers must appear
|
|
|
|
within the braces.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The following substitutions can not be modified with `:' modifiers.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
$?\fIname\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
${?\fIname\fR}
|
|
|
|
Substitutes the string `1' if \fIname\fR is set, `0' if it is not.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
$?0
|
|
|
|
Substitutes `1' if the current input filename is known, `0' if it is not.
|
|
|
|
Always `0' in interactive shells.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
$#\fIname\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
${#\fIname\fR}
|
|
|
|
Substitutes the number of words in \fIname\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
$#
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Equivalent to `$#argv'. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
$%\fIname\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
${%\fIname\fR}
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Substitutes the number of characters in \fIname\fR. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
$%\fInumber\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
${%\fInumber\fR}
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Substitutes the number of characters in $argv[\fInumber\fR]. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
$?
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Equivalent to `$status'. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
$$
|
|
|
|
Substitutes the (decimal) process number of the (parent) shell.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
$!
|
|
|
|
Substitutes the (decimal) process number of the last
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
background process started by this shell. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
$_
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Substitutes the command line of the last command executed. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
$<
|
|
|
|
Substitutes a line from the standard input, with no further interpretation
|
|
|
|
thereafter. It can be used to read from the keyboard in a shell script.
|
|
|
|
(+) While \fIcsh\fR always quotes $<, as if it were equivalent to `$<:q',
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fItcsh\fR does not. Furthermore, when \fItcsh\fR is waiting for a line to be
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
typed the user may type an interrupt to interrupt the sequence into
|
|
|
|
which the line is to be substituted, but \fIcsh\fR does not allow this.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The editor command \fIexpand-variables\fR, normally bound to `^X-$',
|
|
|
|
can be used to interactively expand individual variables.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Command, filename and directory stack substitution"
|
|
|
|
The remaining substitutions are applied selectively to the arguments of builtin
|
|
|
|
commands. This means that portions of expressions which are not evaluated are
|
|
|
|
not subjected to these expansions. For commands which are not internal to the
|
|
|
|
shell, the command name is substituted separately from the argument list. This
|
|
|
|
occurs very late, after input-output redirection is performed, and in a child
|
|
|
|
of the main shell.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Command substitution"
|
|
|
|
Command substitution is indicated by a command enclosed in ``'. The output
|
|
|
|
from such a command is broken into separate words at blanks, tabs and newlines,
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
and null words are discarded. The output is variable and command substituted
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
and put in place of the original string.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Command substitutions inside double
|
|
|
|
quotes (`"') retain blanks and tabs; only newlines force new words. The single
|
|
|
|
final newline does not force a new word in any case. It is thus possible for a
|
|
|
|
command substitution to yield only part of a word, even if the command outputs
|
|
|
|
a complete line.
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
By default, the shell since version 6.12 replaces all newline and carriage
|
|
|
|
return characters in the command by spaces. If this is switched off by
|
|
|
|
unsetting \fBcsubstnonl\fR, newlines separate commands as usual.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS "Filename substitution"
|
|
|
|
If a word contains any of the characters `*', `?', `[' or `{' or begins with
|
|
|
|
the character `~' it is a candidate for filename substitution, also known as
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
``globbing''. This word is then regarded as a pattern (``glob-pattern''), and
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
replaced with an alphabetically sorted list of file names which match the
|
|
|
|
pattern.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
In matching filenames, the character `.' at the beginning of a filename or
|
|
|
|
immediately following a `/', as well as the character `/' must be matched
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
explicitly (unless either
|
|
|
|
.B globdot
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
.B globstar
|
|
|
|
or both are set(+)). The character `*' matches any string of characters,
|
|
|
|
including the null string. The character `?' matches any single character.
|
|
|
|
The sequence `[...]' matches any one of the characters enclosed.
|
|
|
|
Within `[...]', a pair of
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
characters separated by `\-' matches any character lexically between the two.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
(+) Some glob-patterns can be negated:
|
|
|
|
The sequence `[^...]' matches any single character \fInot\fR specified by the
|
|
|
|
characters and/or ranges of characters in the braces.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
An entire glob-pattern can also be negated with `^':
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> echo *
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
bang crash crunch ouch
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> echo ^cr*
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
bang ouch
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Glob-patterns which do not use `?', `*', or `[]' or which use `{}' or `~'
|
|
|
|
(below) are not negated correctly.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The metanotation `a{b,c,d}e' is a shorthand for `abe ace ade'.
|
|
|
|
Left-to-right order is preserved: `/usr/source/s1/{oldls,ls}.c' expands
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
to `/usr/source/s1/oldls.c /usr/source/s1/ls.c'. The results of matches are
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
sorted separately at a low level to preserve this order:
|
|
|
|
`../{memo,*box}' might expand to `../memo ../box ../mbox'.
|
|
|
|
(Note that `memo' was not sorted with the results of matching `*box'.)
|
|
|
|
It is not an error when this construct expands to files which do not exist,
|
|
|
|
but it is possible to get an error from a command to which the expanded list
|
|
|
|
is passed.
|
|
|
|
This construct may be nested.
|
|
|
|
As a special case the words `{', `}' and `{}' are passed undisturbed.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The character `~' at the beginning of a filename refers to home directories.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Standing alone, i.e., `~', it expands to the invoker's home directory as
|
|
|
|
reflected in the value of the \fBhome\fR shell variable. When followed by a
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
name consisting of letters, digits and `\-' characters the shell searches for a
|
|
|
|
user with that name and substitutes their home directory; thus `~ken' might
|
|
|
|
expand to `/usr/ken' and `~ken/chmach' to `/usr/ken/chmach'. If the character
|
|
|
|
`~' is followed by a character other than a letter or `/' or appears elsewhere
|
|
|
|
than at the beginning of a word, it is left undisturbed.
|
|
|
|
A command like `setenv MANPATH /usr/man:/usr/local/man:~/lib/man' does not,
|
|
|
|
therefore, do home directory substitution as one might hope.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
It is an error for a glob-pattern containing `*', `?', `[' or `~', with or
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
without `^', not to match any files. However, only one pattern in a list of
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
glob-patterns must match a file (so that, e.g., `rm *.a *.c *.o' would fail
|
|
|
|
only if there were no files in the current directory ending in `.a', `.c', or
|
|
|
|
`.o'), and if the \fBnonomatch\fR shell variable is set a pattern (or list
|
|
|
|
of patterns) which matches nothing is left unchanged rather than causing
|
|
|
|
an error.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
The \fBglobstar\fR shell variable can be set to allow `**' or `***' as
|
|
|
|
a file glob pattern that matches any string of characters including `/',
|
|
|
|
recursively traversing any existing sub-directories. For example,
|
|
|
|
`ls **.c' will list all the .c files in the current directory tree.
|
|
|
|
If used by itself, it will match match zero or more sub-directories
|
|
|
|
(e.g. `ls /usr/include/**/time.h' will list any file named `time.h'
|
|
|
|
in the /usr/include directory tree; `ls /usr/include/**time.h' will match
|
|
|
|
any file in the /usr/include directory tree ending in `time.h'; and
|
|
|
|
`ls /usr/include/**time**.h' will match any .h file with `time' either
|
|
|
|
in a subdirectory name or in the filename itself).
|
|
|
|
To prevent problems with recursion, the `**' glob-pattern will not
|
|
|
|
descend into a symbolic link containing a directory. To override this,
|
|
|
|
use `***' (+)
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
The \fBnoglob\fR shell variable can be set to prevent filename substitution,
|
|
|
|
and the \fIexpand-glob\fR editor command, normally bound to `^X-*', can be
|
|
|
|
used to interactively expand individual filename substitutions.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Directory stack substitution (+)"
|
|
|
|
The directory stack is a list of directories, numbered from zero, used by the
|
|
|
|
\fIpushd\fR, \fIpopd\fR and \fIdirs\fR builtin commands (q.v.).
|
|
|
|
\fIdirs\fR can print, store in a file, restore and clear the directory stack
|
|
|
|
at any time, and the \fBsavedirs\fR and \fBdirsfile\fR shell variables can be set to
|
|
|
|
store the directory stack automatically on logout and restore it on login.
|
|
|
|
The \fBdirstack\fR shell variable can be examined to see the directory stack and
|
|
|
|
set to put arbitrary directories into the directory stack.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The character `=' followed by one or more digits expands to an entry in
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
the directory stack. The special case `=\-' expands to the last directory in
|
|
|
|
the stack. For example,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> dirs \-v
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
0 /usr/bin
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
1 /usr/spool/uucp
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
2 /usr/accts/sys
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> echo =1
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/usr/spool/uucp
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> echo =0/calendar
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/usr/bin/calendar
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> echo =\-
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/usr/accts/sys
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fBnoglob\fR and \fBnonomatch\fR shell variables and the \fIexpand-glob\fR
|
|
|
|
editor command apply to directory stack as well as filename substitutions.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Other substitutions (+)"
|
|
|
|
There are several more transformations involving filenames, not strictly
|
|
|
|
related to the above but mentioned here for completeness.
|
|
|
|
\fIAny\fR filename may be expanded to a full path when the
|
|
|
|
\fBsymlinks\fR variable (q.v.) is set to `expand'.
|
|
|
|
Quoting prevents this expansion, and
|
|
|
|
the \fInormalize-path\fR editor command does it on demand.
|
|
|
|
The \fInormalize-command\fR editor command expands commands in PATH into
|
|
|
|
full paths on demand.
|
|
|
|
Finally, \fIcd\fR and \fIpushd\fR interpret `\-' as the old working directory
|
|
|
|
(equivalent to the shell variable \fBowd\fR).
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
This is not a substitution at all, but an abbreviation recognized by only
|
|
|
|
those commands. Nonetheless, it too can be prevented by quoting.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS Commands
|
|
|
|
The next three sections describe how the shell executes commands and
|
|
|
|
deals with their input and output.
|
|
|
|
.SS Simple commands, pipelines and sequences
|
|
|
|
A simple command is a sequence of words, the first of which specifies the
|
|
|
|
command to be executed. A series of simple commands joined by `|' characters
|
|
|
|
forms a pipeline. The output of each command in a pipeline is connected to the
|
|
|
|
input of the next.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Simple commands and pipelines may be joined into sequences with `;', and will
|
|
|
|
be executed sequentially. Commands and pipelines can also be joined into
|
|
|
|
sequences with `||' or `&&', indicating, as in the C language, that the second
|
|
|
|
is to be executed only if the first fails or succeeds respectively.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
A simple command, pipeline or sequence may be placed in parentheses, `()',
|
|
|
|
to form a simple command, which may in turn be a component of a pipeline or
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
sequence. A command, pipeline or sequence can be executed
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
without waiting for it to terminate by following it with an `&'.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Builtin and non-builtin command execution"
|
|
|
|
Builtin commands are executed within the shell. If any component of a
|
|
|
|
pipeline except the last is a builtin command, the pipeline is executed
|
|
|
|
in a subshell.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Parenthesized commands are always executed in a subshell.
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
(cd; pwd); pwd
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
thus prints the \fBhome\fR directory, leaving you where you were
|
|
|
|
(printing this after the home directory), while
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
cd; pwd
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
leaves you in the \fBhome\fR directory. Parenthesized commands are most often
|
|
|
|
used to prevent \fIcd\fR from affecting the current shell.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
When a command to be executed is found not to be a builtin command the shell
|
|
|
|
attempts to execute the command via \fIexecve\fR(2). Each word in the variable
|
|
|
|
\fBpath\fR names a directory in which the shell will look for the
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
command. If the shell is not given a \fB\-f\fR option, the shell
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
hashes the names in these directories into an internal table so that it will
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
try an \fIexecve\fR(2) in only a directory where there is a possibility that the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
command resides there. This greatly speeds command location when a large
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
number of directories are present in the search path. This hashing mechanism is
|
|
|
|
not used:
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B 1.
|
|
|
|
If hashing is turned explicitly off via \fIunhash\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B 2.
|
|
|
|
If the shell was given a \fB\-f\fR argument.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B 3.
|
|
|
|
For each directory component of \fBpath\fR which does not begin with a `/'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B 4.
|
|
|
|
If the command contains a `/'.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
In the above four cases the shell concatenates each component of the path
|
|
|
|
vector with the given command name to form a path name of a file which it
|
|
|
|
then attempts to execute it. If execution is successful, the search stops.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If the file has execute permissions but is not an executable to the system
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
(i.e., it is neither an executable binary nor a script that specifies its
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
interpreter), then it is assumed to be a file containing shell commands and
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
a new shell is spawned to read it. The \fIshell\fR special alias may be set
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
to specify an interpreter other than the shell itself.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
On systems which do not understand the `#!' script interpreter convention
|
|
|
|
the shell may be compiled to emulate it; see the \fBversion\fR shell
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
variable. If so, the shell checks the first line of the file to
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
see if it is of the form `#!\fIinterpreter\fR \fIarg\fR ...'. If it is,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
the shell starts \fIinterpreter\fR with the given \fIarg\fRs and feeds the
|
|
|
|
file to it on standard input.
|
|
|
|
.SS Input/output
|
|
|
|
The standard input and standard output of a command may be redirected with the
|
|
|
|
following syntax:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
< \fIname
|
|
|
|
Open file \fIname\fR (which is first variable, command and filename
|
|
|
|
expanded) as the standard input.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
<< \fIword
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Read the shell input up to a line which is identical to \fIword\fR. \fIword\fR
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
is not subjected to variable, filename or command substitution, and each input
|
|
|
|
line is compared to \fIword\fR before any substitutions are done on this input
|
|
|
|
line. Unless a quoting `\e', `"', `' or ``' appears in \fIword\fR variable and
|
|
|
|
command substitution is performed on the intervening lines, allowing `\e' to
|
|
|
|
quote `$', `\e' and ``'. Commands which are substituted have all blanks, tabs,
|
|
|
|
and newlines preserved, except for the final newline which is dropped. The
|
|
|
|
resultant text is placed in an anonymous temporary file which is given to the
|
|
|
|
command as standard input.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
> \fIname
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
>! \fIname
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
>& \fIname
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
>&! \fIname
|
|
|
|
The file \fIname\fR is used as standard output. If the file does not exist
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
then it is created; if the file exists, it is truncated, its previous contents
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
being lost.
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If the shell variable \fBnoclobber\fR is set, then the file must not exist or be a
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
character special file (e.g., a terminal or `/dev/null') or an error results.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
This helps prevent accidental destruction of files. In this case the `!' forms
|
|
|
|
can be used to suppress this check.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The forms involving `&' route the diagnostic output into the specified file as
|
|
|
|
well as the standard output. \fIname\fR is expanded in the same way as `<'
|
|
|
|
input filenames are.
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
>> \fIname
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
>>& \fIname
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
>>! \fIname
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
>>&! \fIname
|
|
|
|
Like `>', but appends output to the end of \fIname\fR.
|
|
|
|
If the shell variable \fBnoclobber\fR is set, then it is an error for
|
|
|
|
the file \fInot\fR to exist, unless one of the `!' forms is given.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
A command receives the environment in which the shell was invoked as modified
|
|
|
|
by the input-output parameters and the presence of the command in a pipeline.
|
|
|
|
Thus, unlike some previous shells, commands run from a file of shell commands
|
|
|
|
have no access to the text of the commands by default; rather they receive the
|
|
|
|
original standard input of the shell. The `<<' mechanism should be used to
|
|
|
|
present inline data. This permits shell command scripts to function as
|
|
|
|
components of pipelines and allows the shell to block read its input. Note
|
|
|
|
that the default standard input for a command run detached is \fInot\fR
|
|
|
|
the empty file \fI/dev/null\fR, but the original standard input of the shell.
|
|
|
|
If this is a terminal and if the process attempts to read from the terminal,
|
|
|
|
then the process will block and the user will be notified (see \fBJobs\fR).
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Diagnostic output may be directed through a pipe with the standard output.
|
|
|
|
Simply use the form `|&' rather than just `|'.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The shell cannot presently redirect diagnostic output without also redirecting
|
|
|
|
standard output, but `(\fIcommand\fR > \fIoutput-file\fR) >& \fIerror-file\fR'
|
|
|
|
is often an acceptable workaround. Either \fIoutput-file\fR or
|
|
|
|
\fIerror-file\fR may be `/dev/tty' to send output to the terminal.
|
|
|
|
.SS Features
|
|
|
|
Having described how the shell accepts, parses and executes
|
|
|
|
command lines, we now turn to a variety of its useful features.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Control flow"
|
|
|
|
The shell contains a number of commands which can be used to regulate the
|
|
|
|
flow of control in command files (shell scripts) and (in limited but
|
|
|
|
useful ways) from terminal input. These commands all operate by forcing the
|
|
|
|
shell to reread or skip in its input and, due to the implementation,
|
|
|
|
restrict the placement of some of the commands.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fIforeach\fR, \fIswitch\fR, and \fIwhile\fR statements, as well as the
|
|
|
|
\fIif-then-else\fR form of the \fIif\fR statement, require that the major
|
|
|
|
keywords appear in a single simple command on an input line as shown below.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If the shell's input is not seekable, the shell buffers up input whenever
|
|
|
|
a loop is being read and performs seeks in this internal buffer to
|
|
|
|
accomplish the rereading implied by the loop. (To the extent that this
|
|
|
|
allows, backward \fIgoto\fRs will succeed on non-seekable inputs.)
|
|
|
|
.SS Expressions
|
|
|
|
The \fIif\fR, \fIwhile\fR and \fIexit\fR builtin commands
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
use expressions with a common syntax. The expressions can include any
|
|
|
|
of the operators described in the next three sections. Note that the \fI@\fR
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
builtin command (q.v.) has its own separate syntax.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Logical, arithmetical and comparison operators"
|
|
|
|
These operators are similar to those of C and have the same precedence.
|
|
|
|
They include
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
|| && | ^ & == != =~ !~ <= >=
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
< > << >> + \- * / % ! ~ ( )
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Here the precedence increases to the right, `==' `!=' `=~' and `!~', `<='
|
|
|
|
`>=' `<' and `>', `<<' and `>>', `+' and `\-', `*' `/' and `%' being, in
|
|
|
|
groups, at the same level. The `==' `!=' `=~' and `!~' operators compare
|
|
|
|
their arguments as strings; all others operate on numbers. The operators
|
|
|
|
`=~' and `!~' are like `!=' and `==' except that the right hand side is a
|
|
|
|
glob-pattern (see \fBFilename substitution\fR) against which the left hand
|
|
|
|
operand is matched. This reduces the need for use of the \fIswitch\fR
|
|
|
|
builtin command in shell scripts when all that is really needed is
|
|
|
|
pattern matching.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Null or
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
missing arguments are considered `0'. The results of all expressions are
|
|
|
|
strings, which represent decimal numbers. It is important to note that
|
|
|
|
no two components of an expression can appear in the same word; except
|
|
|
|
when adjacent to components of expressions which are syntactically
|
|
|
|
significant to the parser (`&' `|' `<' `>' `(' `)') they should be
|
|
|
|
surrounded by spaces.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Command exit status"
|
|
|
|
Commands can be executed in expressions and their exit status
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
returned by enclosing them in braces (`{}'). Remember that the braces should
|
|
|
|
be separated from the words of the command by spaces. Command executions
|
|
|
|
succeed, returning true, i.e., `1', if the command exits with status 0,
|
|
|
|
otherwise they fail, returning false, i.e., `0'. If more detailed status
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
information is required then the command should be executed outside of an
|
|
|
|
expression and the \fBstatus\fR shell variable examined.
|
|
|
|
.SS "File inquiry operators"
|
|
|
|
Some of these operators perform true/false tests on files and related
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
objects. They are of the form \fB\-\fIop file\fR, where \fIop\fR is one of
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.RS +4
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B r
|
|
|
|
Read access
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B w
|
|
|
|
Write access
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B x
|
|
|
|
Execute access
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B X
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Executable in the path or shell builtin, e.g., `\-X ls' and `\-X ls\-F' are
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
generally true, but `\-X /bin/ls' is not (+)
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B e
|
|
|
|
Existence
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B o
|
|
|
|
Ownership
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B z
|
|
|
|
Zero size
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B s
|
|
|
|
Non-zero size (+)
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B f
|
|
|
|
Plain file
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B d
|
|
|
|
Directory
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B l
|
|
|
|
Symbolic link (+) *
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B b
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Block special file (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B c
|
|
|
|
Character special file (+)
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B p
|
|
|
|
Named pipe (fifo) (+) *
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B S
|
|
|
|
Socket special file (+) *
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B u
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Set-user-ID bit is set (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B g
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Set-group-ID bit is set (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B k
|
|
|
|
Sticky bit is set (+)
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B t
|
|
|
|
\fIfile\fR (which must be a digit) is an open file descriptor
|
|
|
|
for a terminal device (+)
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B R
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Has been migrated (Convex only) (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B L
|
|
|
|
Applies subsequent operators in a multiple-operator test to a symbolic link
|
|
|
|
rather than to the file to which the link points (+) *
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fIfile\fR is command and filename expanded and then tested to
|
|
|
|
see if it has the specified relationship to the real user. If \fIfile\fR
|
|
|
|
does not exist or is inaccessible or, for the operators indicated by `*',
|
|
|
|
if the specified file type does not exist on the current system,
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
then all enquiries return false, i.e., `0'.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
These operators may be combined for conciseness: `\-\fIxy file\fR' is
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
equivalent to `\-\fIx file\fR && \-\fIy file\fR'. (+) For example, `\-fx' is true
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
(returns `1') for plain executable files, but not for directories.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fBL\fR may be used in a multiple-operator test to apply subsequent operators
|
|
|
|
to a symbolic link rather than to the file to which the link points.
|
|
|
|
For example, `\-lLo' is true for links owned by the invoking user.
|
|
|
|
\fBLr\fR, \fBLw\fR and \fBLx\fR are always true for links and false for
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
non-links. \fBL\fR has a different meaning when it is the last operator
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
in a multiple-operator test; see below.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
It is possible but not useful, and sometimes misleading, to combine operators
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
which expect \fIfile\fR to be a file with operators which do not
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
(e.g., \fBX\fR and \fBt\fR). Following \fBL\fR with a non-file operator
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
can lead to particularly strange results.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Other operators return other information, i.e., not just `0' or `1'. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
They have the same format as before; \fIop\fR may be one of
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.RS +4
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B A
|
|
|
|
Last file access time, as the number of seconds since the epoch
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B A:
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \fBA\fR, but in timestamp format, e.g., `Fri May 14 16:36:10 1993'
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B M
|
|
|
|
Last file modification time
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B M:
|
|
|
|
Like \fBM\fR, but in timestamp format
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B C
|
|
|
|
Last inode modification time
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B C:
|
|
|
|
Like \fBC\fR, but in timestamp format
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B D
|
|
|
|
Device number
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B I
|
|
|
|
Inode number
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B F
|
|
|
|
Composite \fBf\fRile identifier, in the form \fIdevice\fR:\fIinode\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B L
|
|
|
|
The name of the file pointed to by a symbolic link
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B N
|
|
|
|
Number of (hard) links
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B P
|
|
|
|
Permissions, in octal, without leading zero
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B P:
|
|
|
|
Like \fBP\fR, with leading zero
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B P\fImode
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Equivalent to `\-P \fIfile\fR & \fImode\fR', e.g., `\-P22 \fIfile\fR' returns
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
`22' if \fIfile\fR is writable by group and other, `20' if by group only,
|
|
|
|
and `0' if by neither
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B P\fImode\fB:
|
2009-07-10 21:47:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \fBP\fImode\fR, with leading zero
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B U
|
|
|
|
Numeric userid
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B U:
|
|
|
|
Username, or the numeric userid if the username is unknown
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B G
|
|
|
|
Numeric groupid
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B G:
|
|
|
|
Groupname, or the numeric groupid if the groupname is unknown
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B Z
|
|
|
|
Size, in bytes
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Only one of these operators may appear in a multiple-operator test, and it
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
must be the last. Note that \fBL\fR has a different meaning at the end of and
|
|
|
|
elsewhere in a multiple-operator test. Because `0' is a valid return value
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
for many of these operators, they do not return `0' when they fail: most
|
|
|
|
return `\-1', and \fBF\fR returns `:'.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If the shell is compiled with POSIX defined (see the \fBversion\fR shell
|
|
|
|
variable), the result of a file inquiry is based on the permission bits of
|
|
|
|
the file and not on the result of the \fIaccess\fR(2) system call.
|
|
|
|
For example, if one tests a file with \fB\-w\fR whose permissions would
|
|
|
|
ordinarily allow writing but which is on a file system mounted read-only,
|
|
|
|
the test will succeed in a POSIX shell but fail in a non-POSIX shell.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
File inquiry operators can also be evaluated with the \fIfiletest\fR builtin
|
|
|
|
command (q.v.) (+).
|
|
|
|
.SS Jobs
|
|
|
|
The shell associates a \fIjob\fR with each pipeline. It keeps a table of
|
|
|
|
current jobs, printed by the \fIjobs\fR command, and assigns them small integer
|
|
|
|
numbers. When a job is started asynchronously with `&', the shell prints a
|
|
|
|
line which looks like
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
[1] 1234
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
indicating that the job which was started asynchronously was job number 1 and
|
|
|
|
had one (top-level) process, whose process id was 1234.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If you are running a job and wish to do something else you may hit the suspend
|
|
|
|
key (usually `^Z'),
|
|
|
|
which sends a STOP signal to the current job. The shell will then normally
|
|
|
|
indicate that the job has been `Suspended' and print another prompt.
|
|
|
|
If the \fBlistjobs\fR shell variable is set, all jobs will be listed
|
|
|
|
like the \fIjobs\fR builtin command; if it is set to `long' the listing will
|
|
|
|
be in long format, like `jobs \-l'.
|
|
|
|
You can then manipulate the state of the suspended job.
|
|
|
|
You can put it in the
|
|
|
|
``background'' with the \fIbg\fR command or run some other commands and
|
|
|
|
eventually bring the job back into the ``foreground'' with \fIfg\fR.
|
|
|
|
(See also the \fIrun-fg-editor\fR editor command.)
|
|
|
|
A `^Z' takes effect immediately and is like an interrupt
|
|
|
|
in that pending output and unread input are discarded when it is typed.
|
|
|
|
The \fIwait\fR builtin command causes the shell to wait for all background
|
|
|
|
jobs to complete.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The `^]' key sends a delayed suspend signal, which does not generate a STOP
|
|
|
|
signal until a program attempts to \fIread\fR(2) it, to the current job.
|
|
|
|
This can usefully be typed ahead when you have prepared some commands for a
|
|
|
|
job which you wish to stop after it has read them.
|
|
|
|
The `^Y' key performs this function in \fIcsh\fR(1); in \fItcsh\fR,
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
`^Y' is an editing command. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
A job being run in the background stops if it tries to read from the
|
|
|
|
terminal. Background jobs are normally allowed to produce output, but this can
|
|
|
|
be disabled by giving the command `stty tostop'. If you set this tty option,
|
|
|
|
then background jobs will stop when they try to produce output like they do
|
|
|
|
when they try to read input.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
There are several ways to refer to jobs in the shell. The character `%'
|
|
|
|
introduces a job name. If you wish to refer to job number 1, you can name it
|
|
|
|
as `%1'. Just naming a job brings it to the foreground; thus `%1' is a synonym
|
|
|
|
for `fg %1', bringing job 1 back into the foreground. Similarly, saying `%1 &'
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
resumes job 1 in the background, just like `bg %1'. A job can also be named
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
by an unambiguous prefix of the string typed in to start it: `%ex' would
|
|
|
|
normally restart a suspended \fIex\fR(1) job, if there were only one suspended
|
|
|
|
job whose name began with the string `ex'. It is also possible to say
|
|
|
|
`%?\fIstring\fR' to specify a job whose text contains \fIstring\fR, if there
|
|
|
|
is only one such job.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The shell maintains a notion of the current and previous jobs. In output
|
|
|
|
pertaining to jobs, the current job is marked with a `+' and the previous job
|
|
|
|
with a `\-'. The abbreviations `%+', `%', and (by analogy with the syntax of
|
|
|
|
the \fIhistory\fR mechanism) `%%' all refer to the current job, and `%\-' refers
|
|
|
|
to the previous job.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The job control mechanism requires that the \fIstty\fR(1) option `new' be set
|
|
|
|
on some systems. It is an artifact from a `new' implementation of the tty
|
|
|
|
driver which allows generation of interrupt characters from the keyboard to
|
|
|
|
tell jobs to stop. See \fIstty\fR(1) and the \fIsetty\fR builtin command for
|
|
|
|
details on setting options in the new tty driver.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Status reporting"
|
|
|
|
The shell learns immediately whenever a process changes state. It normally
|
|
|
|
informs you whenever a job becomes blocked so that no further progress is
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
possible, but only right before it prints a prompt. This is done so that it
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
does not otherwise disturb your work. If, however, you set the shell variable
|
|
|
|
\fBnotify\fR, the shell will notify you immediately of changes of status in
|
|
|
|
background jobs. There is also a shell command \fInotify\fR which marks a
|
|
|
|
single process so that its status changes will be immediately reported. By
|
|
|
|
default \fInotify\fR marks the current process; simply say `notify' after
|
|
|
|
starting a background job to mark it.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
When you try to leave the shell while jobs are stopped, you will be
|
2009-07-10 21:47:20 +00:00
|
|
|
warned that `There are suspended jobs.' You may use the \fIjobs\fR command to
|
|
|
|
see what they are. If you do this or immediately try to exit again, the shell
|
|
|
|
will not warn you a second time, and the suspended jobs will be terminated.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS "Automatic, periodic and timed events (+)"
|
|
|
|
There are various ways to run commands and take other actions automatically
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
at various times in the ``life cycle'' of the shell. They are summarized here,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
and described in detail under the appropriate \fBBuiltin commands\fR,
|
|
|
|
\fBSpecial shell variables\fR and \fBSpecial aliases\fR.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fIsched\fR builtin command puts commands in a scheduled-event list,
|
|
|
|
to be executed by the shell at a given time.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
The \fIbeepcmd\fR, \fIcwdcmd\fR, \fIperiodic\fR, \fIprecmd\fR, \fIpostcmd\fR,
|
|
|
|
and \fIjobcmd\fR
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBSpecial aliases\fR can be set, respectively, to execute commands when the shell wants
|
|
|
|
to ring the bell, when the working directory changes, every \fBtperiod\fR
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
minutes, before each prompt, before each command gets executed, after each
|
|
|
|
command gets executed, and when a job is started or is brought into the
|
|
|
|
foreground.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fBautologout\fR shell variable can be set to log out or lock the shell
|
|
|
|
after a given number of minutes of inactivity.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fBmail\fR shell variable can be set to check for new mail periodically.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fBprintexitvalue\fR shell variable can be set to print the exit status
|
|
|
|
of commands which exit with a status other than zero.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fBrmstar\fR shell variable can be set to ask the user, when `rm *' is
|
|
|
|
typed, if that is really what was meant.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fBtime\fR shell variable can be set to execute the \fItime\fR builtin
|
|
|
|
command after the completion of any process that takes more than a given
|
|
|
|
number of CPU seconds.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fBwatch\fR and \fBwho\fR shell variables can be set to report when
|
|
|
|
selected users log in or out, and the \fIlog\fR builtin command reports
|
|
|
|
on those users at any time.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Native Language System support (+)"
|
|
|
|
The shell is eight bit clean
|
|
|
|
(if so compiled; see the \fBversion\fR shell variable)
|
|
|
|
and thus supports character sets needing this capability.
|
|
|
|
NLS support differs depending on whether or not
|
|
|
|
the shell was compiled to use the system's NLS (again, see \fBversion\fR).
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
In either case, 7-bit ASCII is the default character code
|
|
|
|
(e.g., the classification of which characters are printable) and sorting,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
and changing the \fBLANG\fR or \fBLC_CTYPE\fR environment variables
|
|
|
|
causes a check for possible changes in these respects.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
When using the system's NLS, the \fIsetlocale\fR(3) function is called
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
to determine appropriate character code/classification and sorting
|
|
|
|
(e.g., a 'en_CA.UTF-8' would yield "UTF-8" as a character code).
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
This function typically examines the \fBLANG\fR and \fBLC_CTYPE\fR
|
|
|
|
environment variables; refer to the system documentation for further details.
|
|
|
|
When not using the system's NLS, the shell simulates it by assuming that the
|
|
|
|
ISO 8859-1 character set is used
|
|
|
|
whenever either of the \fBLANG\fR and \fBLC_CTYPE\fR variables are set, regardless of
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
their values. Sorting is not affected for the simulated NLS.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
In addition, with both real and simulated NLS, all printable
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
characters in the range \e200\-\e377, i.e., those that have
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
M-\fIchar\fR bindings, are automatically rebound to \fIself-insert-command\fR.
|
|
|
|
The corresponding binding for the escape-\fIchar\fR sequence, if any, is
|
|
|
|
left alone.
|
|
|
|
These characters are not rebound if the \fBNOREBIND\fR environment variable
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
is set. This may be useful for the simulated NLS or a primitive real NLS
|
|
|
|
which assumes full ISO 8859-1. Otherwise, all M-\fIchar\fR bindings in the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
range \e240\-\e377 are effectively undone.
|
|
|
|
Explicitly rebinding the relevant keys with \fIbindkey\fR
|
|
|
|
is of course still possible.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Unknown characters (i.e., those that are neither printable nor control
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
characters) are printed in the format \ennn.
|
|
|
|
If the tty is not in 8 bit mode, other 8 bit characters are printed by
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
converting them to ASCII and using standout mode. The shell
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
never changes the 7/8 bit mode of the tty and tracks user-initiated
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
changes of 7/8 bit mode. NLS users (or, for that matter, those who want to
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
use a meta key) may need to explicitly set
|
|
|
|
the tty in 8 bit mode through the appropriate \fIstty\fR(1)
|
|
|
|
command in, e.g., the \fI~/.login\fR file.
|
|
|
|
.SS "OS variant support (+)"
|
|
|
|
A number of new builtin commands are provided to support features in
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
particular operating systems. All are described in detail in the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBBuiltin commands\fR section.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
On systems that support TCF (aix-ibm370, aix-ps2),
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIgetspath\fR and \fIsetspath\fR get and set the system execution path,
|
|
|
|
\fIgetxvers\fR and \fIsetxvers\fR get and set the experimental version prefix
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
and \fImigrate\fR migrates processes between sites. The \fIjobs\fR builtin
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
prints the site on which each job is executing.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2004-07-11 02:17:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Under BS2000, \fIbs2cmd\fR executes commands of the underlying BS2000/OSD
|
|
|
|
operating system.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Under Domain/OS, \fIinlib\fR adds shared libraries to the current environment,
|
|
|
|
\fIrootnode\fR changes the rootnode and \fIver\fR changes the systype.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Under Mach, \fIsetpath\fR is equivalent to Mach's \fIsetpath\fR(1).
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Under Masscomp/RTU and Harris CX/UX, \fIuniverse\fR sets the universe.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Under Harris CX/UX, \fIucb\fR or \fIatt\fR runs a command under the specified
|
|
|
|
universe.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Under Convex/OS, \fIwarp\fR prints or sets the universe.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fBVENDOR\fR, \fBOSTYPE\fR and \fBMACHTYPE\fR environment variables
|
|
|
|
indicate respectively the vendor, operating system and machine type
|
|
|
|
(microprocessor class or machine model) of the
|
|
|
|
system on which the shell thinks it is running.
|
|
|
|
These are particularly useful when sharing one's home directory between several
|
|
|
|
types of machines; one can, for example,
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
set path = (~/bin.$MACHTYPE /usr/ucb /bin /usr/bin .)
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
in one's \fI~/.login\fR and put executables compiled for each machine in the
|
|
|
|
appropriate directory.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fBversion\fR shell
|
|
|
|
variable indicates what options were chosen when the shell was compiled.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Note also the \fInewgrp\fR builtin, the \fBafsuser\fR and
|
|
|
|
\fBecho_style\fR shell variables and the system-dependent locations of
|
|
|
|
the shell's input files (see \fBFILES\fR).
|
|
|
|
.SS "Signal handling"
|
|
|
|
Login shells ignore interrupts when reading the file \fI~/.logout\fR.
|
|
|
|
The shell ignores quit signals unless started with \fB\-q\fR.
|
|
|
|
Login shells catch the terminate signal, but non-login shells inherit the
|
|
|
|
terminate behavior from their parents.
|
|
|
|
Other signals have the values which the shell inherited from its parent.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
In shell scripts, the shell's handling of interrupt and terminate signals
|
|
|
|
can be controlled with \fIonintr\fR, and its handling of hangups can be
|
|
|
|
controlled with \fIhup\fR and \fInohup\fR.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The shell exits on a hangup (see also the \fBlogout\fR shell variable). By
|
|
|
|
default, the shell's children do too, but the shell does not send them a
|
|
|
|
hangup when it exits. \fIhup\fR arranges for the shell to send a hangup to
|
|
|
|
a child when it exits, and \fInohup\fR sets a child to ignore hangups.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Terminal management (+)"
|
|
|
|
The shell uses three different sets of terminal (``tty'') modes:
|
|
|
|
`edit', used when editing, `quote', used when quoting literal characters,
|
|
|
|
and `execute', used when executing commands.
|
|
|
|
The shell holds some settings in each mode constant, so commands which leave
|
|
|
|
the tty in a confused state do not interfere with the shell.
|
|
|
|
The shell also matches changes in the speed and padding of the tty.
|
|
|
|
The list of tty modes that are kept constant
|
|
|
|
can be examined and modified with the \fIsetty\fR builtin.
|
|
|
|
Note that although the editor uses CBREAK mode (or its equivalent),
|
|
|
|
it takes typed-ahead characters anyway.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fIechotc\fR, \fIsettc\fR and \fItelltc\fR commands can be used to
|
|
|
|
manipulate and debug terminal capabilities from the command line.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
On systems that support SIGWINCH or SIGWINDOW, the shell
|
|
|
|
adapts to window resizing automatically and adjusts the environment
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
variables \fBLINES\fR and \fBCOLUMNS\fR if set. If the environment
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
variable \fBTERMCAP\fR contains li# and co# fields, the shell adjusts
|
|
|
|
them to reflect the new window size.
|
|
|
|
.SH REFERENCE
|
|
|
|
The next sections of this manual describe all of the available
|
|
|
|
\fBBuiltin commands\fR, \fBSpecial aliases\fR and
|
|
|
|
\fBSpecial shell variables\fR.
|
|
|
|
.SS "Builtin commands"
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B %\fIjob
|
|
|
|
A synonym for the \fIfg\fR builtin command.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B %\fIjob \fB&
|
|
|
|
A synonym for the \fIbg\fR builtin command.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B :
|
|
|
|
Does nothing, successfully.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.B @
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B @ \fIname\fB = \fIexpr
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B @ \fIname\fR[\fIindex\fR]\fB = \fIexpr
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B @ \fIname\fB++\fR|\fB--
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B @ \fIname\fR[\fIindex\fR]\fB++\fR|\fB--
|
|
|
|
The first form prints the values of all shell variables.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The second form assigns the value of \fIexpr\fR to \fIname\fR.
|
|
|
|
The third form assigns the value of \fIexpr\fR to the \fIindex\fR'th
|
|
|
|
component of \fIname\fR; both \fIname\fR and its \fIindex\fR'th component
|
|
|
|
must already exist.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIexpr\fR may contain the operators `*', `+', etc., as in C.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
If \fIexpr\fR contains `<', `>', `&' or `' then at least that part of
|
|
|
|
\fIexpr\fR must be placed within `()'.
|
|
|
|
Note that the syntax of \fIexpr\fR has nothing to do with that described
|
|
|
|
under \fBExpressions\fR.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The fourth and fifth forms increment (`++') or decrement (`\-\-') \fIname\fR
|
|
|
|
or its \fIindex\fR'th component.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The space between `@' and \fIname\fR is required. The spaces between
|
|
|
|
\fIname\fR and `=' and between `=' and \fIexpr\fR are optional. Components of
|
|
|
|
\fIexpr\fR must be separated by spaces.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B alias \fR[\fIname \fR[\fIwordlist\fR]]
|
|
|
|
Without arguments, prints all aliases.
|
|
|
|
With \fIname\fR, prints the alias for name.
|
|
|
|
With \fIname\fR and \fIwordlist\fR, assigns
|
|
|
|
\fIwordlist\fR as the alias of \fIname\fR.
|
|
|
|
\fIwordlist\fR is command and filename substituted.
|
|
|
|
\fIname\fR may not be `alias' or `unalias'.
|
|
|
|
See also the \fIunalias\fR builtin command.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B alloc
|
|
|
|
Shows the amount of dynamic memory acquired, broken down into used and free
|
|
|
|
memory. With an argument shows the number of free and used blocks in each size
|
|
|
|
category. The categories start at size 8 and double at each step. This
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
command's output may vary across system types, because systems other than the VAX
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
may use a different memory allocator.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B bg \fR[\fB%\fIjob\fR ...]
|
|
|
|
Puts the specified jobs (or, without arguments, the current job)
|
|
|
|
into the background, continuing each if it is stopped.
|
|
|
|
\fIjob\fR may be a number, a string, `', `%', `+' or `\-' as described
|
|
|
|
under \fBJobs\fR.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.B bindkey \fR[\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-e\fR|\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-u\fR] (+)
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\fBbindkey \fR[\fB\-a\fR] [\fB\-b\fR] [\fB\-k\fR] [\fB\-r\fR] [\fB\-\-\fR] \fIkey \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
\fBbindkey \fR[\fB\-a\fR] [\fB\-b\fR] [\fB\-k\fR] [\fB\-c\fR|\fB\-s\fR] [\fB\-\-\fR] \fIkey command \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
.\" .B macro can't take too many words, so I used \fB in the previous tags
|
|
|
|
Without options, the first form lists all bound keys and the editor command to which each is bound,
|
|
|
|
the second form lists the editor command to which \fIkey\fR is bound and
|
|
|
|
the third form binds the editor command \fIcommand\fR to \fIkey\fR.
|
|
|
|
Options include:
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-l
|
|
|
|
Lists all editor commands and a short description of each.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-d
|
|
|
|
Binds all keys to the standard bindings for the default editor.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-e
|
|
|
|
Binds all keys to the standard GNU Emacs-like bindings.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-v
|
|
|
|
Binds all keys to the standard \fIvi\fR(1)-like bindings.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-a
|
|
|
|
Lists or changes key-bindings in the alternative key map.
|
|
|
|
This is the key map used in \fIvi\fR command mode.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-b
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIkey\fR is interpreted as
|
|
|
|
a control character written ^\fIcharacter\fR (e.g., `^A') or
|
|
|
|
C-\fIcharacter\fR (e.g., `C-A'),
|
|
|
|
a meta character written M-\fIcharacter\fR (e.g., `M-A'),
|
|
|
|
a function key written F-\fIstring\fR (e.g., `F-string'),
|
|
|
|
or an extended prefix key written X-\fIcharacter\fR (e.g., `X-A').
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-k
|
|
|
|
\fIkey\fR is interpreted as a symbolic arrow key name, which may be one of
|
|
|
|
`down', `up', `left' or `right'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-r
|
|
|
|
Removes \fIkey\fR's binding.
|
|
|
|
Be careful: `bindkey \-r' does \fInot\fR bind \fIkey\fR to
|
|
|
|
\fIself-insert-command\fR (q.v.), it unbinds \fIkey\fR completely.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-c
|
|
|
|
\fIcommand\fR is interpreted as a builtin or external command instead of an
|
|
|
|
editor command.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-s
|
|
|
|
\fIcommand\fR is taken as a literal string and treated as terminal input
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
when \fIkey\fR is typed. Bound keys in \fIcommand\fR are themselves
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
reinterpreted, and this continues for ten levels of interpretation.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-\-
|
|
|
|
Forces a break from option processing, so the next word is taken as \fIkey\fR
|
|
|
|
even if it begins with '\-'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B \-u \fR(or any invalid option)
|
|
|
|
Prints a usage message.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fIkey\fR may be a single character or a string.
|
|
|
|
If a command is bound to a string, the first character of the string is bound to
|
|
|
|
\fIsequence-lead-in\fR and the entire string is bound to the command.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Control characters in \fIkey\fR can be literal (they can be typed by preceding
|
|
|
|
them with the editor command \fIquoted-insert\fR, normally bound to `^V') or
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
written caret-character style, e.g., `^A'. Delete is written `^?'
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
(caret-question mark). \fIkey\fR and \fIcommand\fR can contain backslashed
|
|
|
|
escape sequences (in the style of System V \fIecho\fR(1)) as follows:
|
|
|
|
.RS +4
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.B \ea
|
|
|
|
Bell
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B \eb
|
|
|
|
Backspace
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B \ee
|
|
|
|
Escape
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B \ef
|
|
|
|
Form feed
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B \en
|
|
|
|
Newline
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B \er
|
|
|
|
Carriage return
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B \et
|
|
|
|
Horizontal tab
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B \ev
|
|
|
|
Vertical tab
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B \e\fInnn
|
|
|
|
The ASCII character corresponding to the octal number \fInnn\fR
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
`\e' nullifies the special meaning of the following character, if it has
|
|
|
|
any, notably `\\' and `^'.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2004-07-11 02:17:56 +00:00
|
|
|
.B bs2cmd \fIbs2000-command\fR (+)
|
|
|
|
Passes \fIbs2000-command\fR to the BS2000 command interpreter for
|
|
|
|
execution. Only non-interactive commands can be executed, and it is
|
|
|
|
not possible to execute any command that would overlay the image
|
|
|
|
of the current process, like /EXECUTE or /CALL-PROCEDURE. (BS2000 only)
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.B break
|
|
|
|
Causes execution to resume after the \fIend\fR of the nearest
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
enclosing \fIforeach\fR or \fIwhile\fR. The remaining commands on the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
current line are executed. Multi-level breaks are thus
|
|
|
|
possible by writing them all on one line.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B breaksw
|
|
|
|
Causes a break from a \fIswitch\fR, resuming after the \fIendsw\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B builtins \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Prints the names of all builtin commands.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B bye \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
A synonym for the \fIlogout\fR builtin command.
|
|
|
|
Available only if the shell was so compiled;
|
|
|
|
see the \fBversion\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B case \fIlabel\fB:
|
|
|
|
A label in a \fIswitch\fR statement as discussed below.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.B cd \fR[\fB\-p\fR] [\fB\-l\fR] [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-v\fR] [\I--\fR] [\fIname\fR]
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
If a directory \fIname\fR is given, changes the shell's working directory
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
to \fIname\fR. If not, changes to \fBhome\fR.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
If \fIname\fR is `\-' it is interpreted as the previous working directory
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
(see \fBOther substitutions\fR). (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
If \fIname\fR is not a subdirectory of the current directory
|
|
|
|
(and does not begin with `/', `./' or `../'), each component of the variable
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBcdpath\fR is checked to see if it has a subdirectory \fIname\fR. Finally, if
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
all else fails but \fIname\fR is a shell variable whose value
|
|
|
|
begins with `/', then this is tried to see if it is a directory.
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
With \fB\-p\fR, prints the final directory stack, just like \fIdirs\fR.
|
|
|
|
The \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-n\fR and \fB\-v\fR flags have the same effect on \fIcd\fR
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
as on \fIdirs\fR, and they imply \fB\-p\fR. (+)
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Using \fB\-\-\fR forces a break from option processing so the next word
|
|
|
|
is taken as the directory \fIname\fR even if it begins with '\-'. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
See also the \fBimplicitcd\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B chdir
|
|
|
|
A synonym for the \fIcd\fR builtin command.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B complete \fR[\fIcommand\fR [\fIword\fB/\fIpattern\fB/\fIlist\fR[\fB:\fIselect\fR]\fB/\fR[[\fIsuffix\fR]\fB/\fR] ...]] (+)
|
|
|
|
Without arguments, lists all completions.
|
|
|
|
With \fIcommand\fR, lists completions for \fIcommand\fR.
|
|
|
|
With \fIcommand\fR and \fIword\fR etc., defines completions.
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fIcommand\fR may be a full command name or a glob-pattern
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
(see \fBFilename substitution\fR). It can begin with `\-' to indicate that
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
completion should be used only when \fIcommand\fR is ambiguous.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fIword\fR specifies which word relative to the current word
|
|
|
|
is to be completed, and may be one of the following:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.RS +4
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B c
|
|
|
|
Current-word completion.
|
|
|
|
\fIpattern\fR is a glob-pattern which must match the beginning of the current word on
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
the command line. \fIpattern\fR is ignored when completing the current word.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B C
|
|
|
|
Like \fBc\fR, but includes \fIpattern\fR when completing the current word.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B n
|
|
|
|
Next-word completion.
|
|
|
|
\fIpattern\fR is a glob-pattern which must match the beginning of the previous word on
|
|
|
|
the command line.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B N
|
|
|
|
Like \fBn\fR, but must match the beginning of the word two before the current word.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
.B p
|
|
|
|
Position-dependent completion.
|
|
|
|
\fIpattern\fR is a numeric range, with the same syntax used to index shell
|
|
|
|
variables, which must include the current word.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fIlist\fR, the list of possible completions, may be one of the following:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.RS +4
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B a
|
|
|
|
Aliases
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B b
|
|
|
|
Bindings (editor commands)
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B c
|
|
|
|
Commands (builtin or external commands)
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B C
|
|
|
|
External commands which begin with the supplied path prefix
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B d
|
|
|
|
Directories
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B D
|
|
|
|
Directories which begin with the supplied path prefix
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B e
|
|
|
|
Environment variables
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B f
|
|
|
|
Filenames
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B F
|
|
|
|
Filenames which begin with the supplied path prefix
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B g
|
|
|
|
Groupnames
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B j
|
|
|
|
Jobs
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B l
|
|
|
|
Limits
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B n
|
|
|
|
Nothing
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B s
|
|
|
|
Shell variables
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B S
|
|
|
|
Signals
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B t
|
|
|
|
Plain (``text'') files
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B T
|
|
|
|
Plain (``text'') files which begin with the supplied path prefix
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B v
|
|
|
|
Any variables
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B u
|
|
|
|
Usernames
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B x
|
|
|
|
Like \fBn\fR, but prints \fIselect\fR when \fIlist-choices\fR is used.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B X
|
|
|
|
Completions
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
$\fIvar\fR
|
|
|
|
Words from the variable \fIvar\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
(...)
|
|
|
|
Words from the given list
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
`...`
|
|
|
|
Words from the output of command
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fIselect\fR is an optional glob-pattern.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
If given, words from only \fIlist\fR that match \fIselect\fR are considered
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
and the \fBfignore\fR shell variable is ignored.
|
|
|
|
The last three types of completion may not have a \fIselect\fR
|
|
|
|
pattern, and \fBx\fR uses \fIselect\fR as an explanatory message when
|
|
|
|
the \fIlist-choices\fR editor command is used.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fIsuffix\fR is a single character to be appended to a successful
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
completion. If null, no character is appended. If omitted (in which
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
case the fourth delimiter can also be omitted), a slash is appended to
|
|
|
|
directories and a space to other words.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2009-07-10 21:47:20 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIcommand\fR invoked from `...` version has additional environment
|
|
|
|
variable set, the variable name is \%\fBCOMMAND_LINE\fR\% and
|
|
|
|
contains (as its name indicates) contents of the current (already
|
|
|
|
typed in) command line. One can examine and use contents of the
|
|
|
|
\%\fBCOMMAND_LINE\fR\% variable in her custom script to build more
|
|
|
|
sophisticated completions (see completion for svn(1) included in
|
|
|
|
this package).
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Now for some examples. Some commands take only directories as arguments,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
so there's no point completing plain files.
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> complete cd 'p/1/d/'
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
completes only the first word following `cd' (`p/1') with a directory.
|
|
|
|
\fBp\fR-type completion can also be used to narrow down command completion:
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> co[^D]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
complete compress
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> complete \-co* 'p/0/(compress)/'
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> co[^D]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> compress
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
This completion completes commands (words in position 0, `p/0')
|
|
|
|
which begin with `co' (thus matching `co*') to `compress' (the only
|
|
|
|
word in the list).
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The leading `\-' indicates that this completion is to be used with only
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
ambiguous commands.
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> complete find 'n/\-user/u/'
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
is an example of \fBn\fR-type completion. Any word following `find' and
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
immediately following `\-user' is completed from the list of users.
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> complete cc 'c/\-I/d/'
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
demonstrates \fBc\fR-type completion. Any word following `cc' and beginning
|
|
|
|
with `\-I' is completed as a directory. `\-I' is not taken as part of the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
directory because we used lowercase \fBc\fR.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Different \fIlist\fRs are useful with different commands.
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> complete alias 'p/1/a/'
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> complete man 'p/*/c/'
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> complete set 'p/1/s/'
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> complete true 'p/1/x:Truth has no options./'
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
These complete words following `alias' with aliases, `man' with commands,
|
|
|
|
and `set' with shell variables.
|
|
|
|
`true' doesn't have any options, so \fBx\fR does nothing when completion
|
|
|
|
is attempted and prints `Truth has no options.' when completion choices are listed.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Note that the \fIman\fR example, and several other examples below, could
|
|
|
|
just as well have used 'c/*' or 'n/*' as 'p/*'.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Words can be completed from a variable evaluated at completion time,
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> complete ftp 'p/1/$hostnames/'
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> set hostnames = (rtfm.mit.edu tesla.ee.cornell.edu)
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> ftp [^D]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
rtfm.mit.edu tesla.ee.cornell.edu
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> ftp [^C]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> set hostnames = (rtfm.mit.edu tesla.ee.cornell.edu uunet.uu.net)
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> ftp [^D]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
rtfm.mit.edu tesla.ee.cornell.edu uunet.uu.net
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
or from a command run at completion time:
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> complete kill 'p/*/`ps | awk \\{print\\ \\$1\\}`/'
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> kill \-9 [^D]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
23113 23377 23380 23406 23429 23529 23530 PID
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Note that the \fIcomplete\fR command does not itself quote its arguments,
|
|
|
|
so the braces, space and `$' in `{print $1}' must be quoted explicitly.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
One command can have multiple completions:
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> complete dbx 'p/2/(core)/' 'p/*/c/'
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
completes the second argument to `dbx' with the word `core' and all other
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
arguments with commands. Note that the positional completion is specified
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
before the next-word completion.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Because completions are evaluated from left to right, if
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
the next-word completion were specified first it would always match
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
and the positional completion would never be executed. This is a
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
common mistake when defining a completion.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The \fIselect\fR pattern is useful when a command takes files with only
|
|
|
|
particular forms as arguments. For example,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> complete cc 'p/*/f:*.[cao]/'
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
completes `cc' arguments to files ending in only `.c', `.a', or `.o'.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIselect\fR can also exclude files, using negation of a glob-pattern as
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
described under \fBFilename substitution\fR. One might use
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> complete rm 'p/*/f:^*.{c,h,cc,C,tex,1,man,l,y}/'
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
to exclude precious source code from `rm' completion. Of course, one
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
could still type excluded names manually or override the completion
|
|
|
|
mechanism using the \fIcomplete-word-raw\fR or \fIlist-choices-raw\fR
|
|
|
|
editor commands (q.v.).
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The `C', `D', `F' and `T' \fIlist\fRs are like `c', `d', `f' and `t'
|
|
|
|
respectively, but they use the \fIselect\fR argument in a different way: to
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
restrict completion to files beginning with a particular path prefix. For
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
example, the Elm mail program uses `=' as an abbreviation for one's mail
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
directory. One might use
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> complete elm c@=@F:$HOME/Mail/@
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
to complete `elm \-f =' as if it were `elm \-f ~/Mail/'. Note that we used `@'
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
instead of `/' to avoid confusion with the \fIselect\fR argument, and we used
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
`$HOME' instead of `~' because home directory substitution works at only the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
beginning of a word.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fIsuffix\fR is used to add a nonstandard suffix
|
|
|
|
(not space or `/' for directories) to completed words.
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> complete finger 'c/*@/$hostnames/' 'p/1/u/@'
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
completes arguments to `finger' from the list of users, appends an `@',
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
and then completes after the `@' from the `hostnames' variable. Note
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
again the order in which the completions are specified.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Finally, here's a complex example for inspiration:
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> complete find \\
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2004-07-11 02:17:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\&'n/\-name/f/' 'n/\-newer/f/' 'n/\-{,n}cpio/f/' \e
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\&\'n/\-exec/c/' 'n/\-ok/c/' 'n/\-user/u/' \e
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2004-07-11 02:17:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\&'n/\-group/g/' 'n/\-fstype/(nfs 4.2)/' \e
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2004-07-11 02:17:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\&'n/\-type/(b c d f l p s)/' \e
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\'c/\-/(name newer cpio ncpio exec ok user \e
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
group fstype type atime ctime depth inum \e
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
ls mtime nogroup nouser perm print prune \e
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
size xdev)/' \e
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2004-07-11 02:17:56 +00:00
|
|
|
\&'p/*/d/'
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
This completes words following `\-name', `\-newer', `\-cpio' or `ncpio'
|
|
|
|
(note the pattern which matches both) to files,
|
|
|
|
words following `\-exec' or `\-ok' to commands, words following `user'
|
|
|
|
and `group' to users and groups respectively
|
|
|
|
and words following `\-fstype' or `\-type' to members of the
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
given lists. It also completes the switches themselves from the given list
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
(note the use of \fBc\fR-type completion)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
and completes anything not otherwise completed to a directory. Whew.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Remember that programmed completions are ignored if the word being completed
|
|
|
|
is a tilde substitution (beginning with `~') or a variable (beginning with `$').
|
|
|
|
\fIcomplete\fR is an experimental feature, and the syntax may change
|
|
|
|
in future versions of the shell.
|
|
|
|
See also the \fIuncomplete\fR builtin command.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B continue
|
|
|
|
Continues execution of the nearest enclosing \fIwhile\fR or \fIforeach\fR.
|
|
|
|
The rest of the commands on the current line are executed.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B default:
|
|
|
|
Labels the default case in a \fIswitch\fR statement.
|
|
|
|
It should come after all \fIcase\fR labels.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.B dirs \fR[\fB\-l\fR] [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-v\fR]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B dirs \-S\fR|\fB\-L \fR[\fIfilename\fR] (+)
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B dirs \-c \fR(+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The first form prints the directory stack. The top of the stack is at the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
left and the first directory in the stack is the current directory.
|
|
|
|
With \fB\-l\fR, `~' or `~\fIname\fP' in the output is expanded explicitly
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
to \fBhome\fR or the pathname of the home directory for user \fIname\fP. (+)
|
|
|
|
With \fB\-n\fR, entries are wrapped before they reach the edge of the screen. (+)
|
|
|
|
With \fB\-v\fR, entries are printed one per line, preceded by their stack positions. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
If more than one of \fB\-n\fR or \fB\-v\fR is given, \fB\-v\fR takes precedence.
|
|
|
|
\fB\-p\fR is accepted but does nothing.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
With \fB\-S\fR, the second form saves the directory stack to \fIfilename\fR
|
|
|
|
as a series of \fIcd\fR and \fIpushd\fR commands.
|
|
|
|
With \fB\-L\fR, the shell sources \fIfilename\fR, which is presumably
|
|
|
|
a directory stack file saved by the \fB\-S\fR option or the \fBsavedirs\fR
|
|
|
|
mechanism.
|
|
|
|
In either case, \fBdirsfile\fR is used if \fIfilename\fR is not given and
|
|
|
|
\fI~/.cshdirs\fR is used if \fBdirsfile\fR is unset.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Note that login shells do the equivalent of `dirs \-L' on startup
|
|
|
|
and, if \fBsavedirs\fR is set, `dirs \-S' before exiting.
|
|
|
|
Because only \fI~/.tcshrc\fR is normally sourced before \fI~/.cshdirs\fR,
|
|
|
|
\fBdirsfile\fR should be set in \fI~/.tcshrc\fR rather than \fI~/.login\fR.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The last form clears the directory stack.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B echo \fR[\fB\-n\fR] \fIword\fR ...
|
|
|
|
Writes each \fIword\fR to the shell's standard
|
|
|
|
output, separated by spaces and terminated with a newline.
|
|
|
|
The \fBecho_style\fR shell variable may be set to emulate (or not) the flags and escape
|
|
|
|
sequences of the BSD and/or System V versions of \fIecho\fR; see \fIecho\fR(1).
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B echotc \fR[\fB\-sv\fR] \fIarg\fR ... (+)
|
|
|
|
Exercises the terminal capabilities (see \fItermcap\fR(5)) in \fIargs\fR.
|
|
|
|
For example, 'echotc home' sends the cursor to the home position,
|
|
|
|
\&'echotc cm 3 10' sends it to column 3 and row 10, and
|
|
|
|
\&'echotc ts 0; echo "This is a test."; echotc fs' prints "This is a test."
|
|
|
|
in the status line.
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If \fIarg\fR is 'baud', 'cols', 'lines', 'meta' or 'tabs', prints the
|
|
|
|
value of that capability ("yes" or "no" indicating that the terminal does
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
or does not have that capability). One might use this to make the output
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
from a shell script less verbose on slow terminals, or limit command
|
|
|
|
output to the number of lines on the screen:
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> set history=`echotc lines`
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> @ history\-\-
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Termcap strings may contain wildcards which will not echo correctly.
|
|
|
|
One should use double quotes when setting a shell variable to a terminal
|
|
|
|
capability string, as in the following example that places the date in
|
|
|
|
the status line:
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> set tosl="`echotc ts 0`"
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> set frsl="`echotc fs`"
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> echo \-n "$tosl";date; echo \-n "$frsl"
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
With \fB\-s\fR, nonexistent capabilities return the empty string rather
|
|
|
|
than causing an error.
|
|
|
|
With \fB\-v\fR, messages are verbose.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.B else
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B end
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B endif
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B endsw
|
|
|
|
See the description of the \fIforeach\fR, \fIif\fR, \fIswitch\fR, and
|
|
|
|
\fIwhile\fR statements below.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B eval \fIarg\fR ...
|
|
|
|
Treats the arguments as input to the
|
|
|
|
shell and executes the resulting command(s) in the context
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
of the current shell. This is usually used to execute commands
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
generated as the result of command or variable substitution,
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
because parsing occurs before these substitutions.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
See \fItset\fR(1) for a sample use of \fIeval\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B exec \fIcommand\fR
|
|
|
|
Executes the specified command in place of the current shell.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B exit \fR[\fIexpr\fR]
|
|
|
|
The shell exits either with the value of the specified \fIexpr\fR
|
|
|
|
(an expression, as described under \fBExpressions\fR)
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
or, without \fIexpr\fR, with the value 0.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B fg \fR[\fB%\fIjob\fR ...]
|
|
|
|
Brings the specified jobs (or, without arguments, the current job)
|
|
|
|
into the foreground, continuing each if it is stopped.
|
|
|
|
\fIjob\fR may be a number, a string, `', `%', `+' or `\-' as described
|
|
|
|
under \fBJobs\fR.
|
|
|
|
See also the \fIrun-fg-editor\fR editor command.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B filetest \-\fIop file\fR ... (+)
|
|
|
|
Applies \fIop\fR (which is a file inquiry operator as described under
|
|
|
|
\fBFile inquiry operators\fR) to each \fIfile\fR and returns the results as a
|
|
|
|
space-separated list.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.B foreach \fIname \fB(\fIwordlist\fB)
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\&...
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B end
|
|
|
|
Successively sets the variable \fIname\fR to each member of
|
|
|
|
\fIwordlist\fR and executes the sequence of commands between this command
|
|
|
|
and the matching \fIend\fR. (Both \fIforeach\fR and \fIend\fR
|
|
|
|
must appear alone on separate lines.) The builtin command
|
|
|
|
\fIcontinue\fR may be used to continue the loop prematurely and
|
|
|
|
the builtin command \fIbreak\fR to terminate it prematurely.
|
|
|
|
When this command is read from the terminal, the loop is read once
|
|
|
|
prompting with `foreach? ' (or \fBprompt2\fR) before any statements in
|
|
|
|
the loop are executed. If you make a mistake typing in a
|
|
|
|
loop at the terminal you can rub it out.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B getspath \fR(+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Prints the system execution path. (TCF only)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B getxvers \fR(+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Prints the experimental version prefix. (TCF only)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B glob \fIwordlist
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Like \fIecho\fR, but the `-n' parameter is not recognized and words are
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
delimited by null characters in the output. Useful for
|
|
|
|
programs which wish to use the shell to filename expand a list of words.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B goto \fIword
|
|
|
|
\fIword\fR is filename and command-substituted to
|
|
|
|
yield a string of the form `label'. The shell rewinds its
|
|
|
|
input as much as possible, searches for a line of the
|
|
|
|
form `label:', possibly preceded by blanks or tabs, and
|
|
|
|
continues execution after that line.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B hashstat
|
|
|
|
Prints a statistics line indicating how effective the
|
|
|
|
internal hash table has been at locating commands (and avoiding
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIexec\fR's). An \fIexec\fR is attempted for each component of the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBpath\fR where the hash function indicates a possible hit, and
|
|
|
|
in each component which does not begin with a `/'.
|
|
|
|
.IP
|
|
|
|
On machines without \fIvfork\fR(2), prints only the number and size of
|
|
|
|
hash buckets.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.B history \fR[\fB\-hTr\fR] [\fIn\fR]
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B history \-S\fR|\fB\-L|\fB\-M \fR[\fIfilename\fR] (+)
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B history \-c \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The first form prints the history event list.
|
|
|
|
If \fIn\fR is given only the \fIn\fR most recent events are printed or saved.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
With \fB\-h\fR, the history list is printed without leading numbers. If
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB-T\fR is specified, timestamps are printed also in comment form.
|
|
|
|
(This can be used to
|
|
|
|
produce files suitable for loading with 'history \-L' or 'source \-h'.)
|
|
|
|
With \fB\-r\fR, the order of printing is most recent
|
|
|
|
first rather than oldest first.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
With \fB\-S\fR, the second form saves the history list to \fIfilename\fR.
|
|
|
|
If the first word of the \fBsavehist\fR shell variable is set to a
|
|
|
|
number, at most that many lines are saved. If the second word of
|
|
|
|
\fBsavehist\fR is set to `merge', the history list is merged with the
|
|
|
|
existing history file instead of replacing it (if there is one) and
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
sorted by time stamp. (+) Merging is intended for an environment like
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
the X Window System
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
with several shells in simultaneous use. Currently it succeeds
|
|
|
|
only when the shells quit nicely one after another.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
With \fB\-L\fR, the shell appends \fIfilename\fR, which is presumably a
|
|
|
|
history list saved by the \fB\-S\fR option or the \fBsavehist\fR mechanism,
|
|
|
|
to the history list.
|
|
|
|
\fB\-M\fR is like \fB\-L\fR, but the contents of \fIfilename\fR are merged
|
|
|
|
into the history list and sorted by timestamp.
|
|
|
|
In either case, \fBhistfile\fR is used if \fIfilename\fR is not given and
|
|
|
|
\fI~/.history\fR is used if \fBhistfile\fR is unset.
|
|
|
|
`history \-L' is exactly like 'source \-h' except that it does not require a
|
|
|
|
filename.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Note that login shells do the equivalent of `history \-L' on startup
|
|
|
|
and, if \fBsavehist\fR is set, `history \-S' before exiting.
|
|
|
|
Because only \fI~/.tcshrc\fR is normally sourced before \fI~/.history\fR,
|
|
|
|
\fBhistfile\fR should be set in \fI~/.tcshrc\fR rather than \fI~/.login\fR.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If \fBhistlit\fR is set, the first and second forms print and save the literal
|
|
|
|
(unexpanded) form of the history list.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The last form clears the history list.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B hup \fR[\fIcommand\fR] \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
With \fIcommand\fR, runs \fIcommand\fR such that it will exit on a hangup
|
|
|
|
signal and arranges for the shell to send it a hangup signal when the shell
|
|
|
|
exits.
|
|
|
|
Note that commands may set their own response to hangups, overriding \fIhup\fR.
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Without an argument, causes the non-interactive shell only to
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
exit on a hangup for the remainder of the script.
|
|
|
|
See also \fBSignal handling\fR and the \fInohup\fR builtin command.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B if (\fIexpr\fB) \fIcommand
|
|
|
|
If \fIexpr\fR (an expression, as described under \fBExpressions\fR)
|
|
|
|
evaluates true, then \fIcommand\fR is executed.
|
|
|
|
Variable substitution on \fIcommand\fR happens early, at the same time it
|
|
|
|
does for the rest of the \fIif\fR command.
|
|
|
|
\fIcommand\fR must be a simple command, not an alias, a pipeline, a command list
|
|
|
|
or a parenthesized command list, but it may have arguments.
|
|
|
|
Input/output redirection occurs even if \fIexpr\fR is
|
|
|
|
false and \fIcommand\fR is thus \fInot\fR executed; this is a bug.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.B if (\fIexpr\fB) then
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\&...
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B else if (\fIexpr2\fB) then
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\&...
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B else
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\&...
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B endif
|
|
|
|
If the specified \fIexpr\fR is true then the commands to the
|
|
|
|
first \fIelse\fR are executed; otherwise if \fIexpr2\fR is true then
|
|
|
|
the commands to the second \fIelse\fR are executed, etc. Any
|
|
|
|
number of \fIelse-if\fR pairs are possible; only one \fIendif\fR is
|
|
|
|
needed. The \fIelse\fR part is likewise optional. (The words
|
|
|
|
\fIelse\fR and \fIendif\fR must appear at the beginning of input lines;
|
|
|
|
the \fIif\fR must appear alone on its input line or after an
|
|
|
|
\fIelse\fR.)
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B inlib \fIshared-library\fR ... (+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Adds each \fIshared-library\fR to the current environment. There is no way
|
|
|
|
to remove a shared library. (Domain/OS only)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B jobs \fR[\fB\-l\fR]
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Lists the active jobs. With \fB\-l\fR, lists process
|
|
|
|
IDs in addition to the normal information. On TCF systems, prints
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
the site on which each job is executing.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B kill \fR[\fB\-s \fIsignal\fR] \fB%\fIjob\fR|\fIpid\fR ...
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B kill \-l
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
The first and second forms sends the specified \fIsignal\fR (or, if none
|
|
|
|
is given, the TERM (terminate) signal) to the specified jobs or processes.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIjob\fR may be a number, a string, `', `%', `+' or `\-' as described
|
|
|
|
under \fBJobs\fR.
|
|
|
|
Signals are either given by number or by name (as given in
|
|
|
|
\fI/usr/include/signal.h\fR, stripped of the prefix `SIG').
|
|
|
|
There is no default \fIjob\fR; saying just `kill' does not send a signal
|
|
|
|
to the current job. If the signal being sent is TERM (terminate)
|
|
|
|
or HUP (hangup), then the job or process is sent a
|
|
|
|
CONT (continue) signal as well.
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
The third form lists the signal names.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B limit \fR[\fB\-h\fR] [\fIresource\fR [\fImaximum-use\fR]]
|
|
|
|
Limits the consumption by the current process and each
|
|
|
|
process it creates to not individually exceed \fImaximum-use\fR on
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
the specified \fIresource\fR. If no \fImaximum-use\fR is given, then
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
the current limit is printed; if no \fIresource\fR is given, then
|
|
|
|
all limitations are given. If the \fB\-h\fR flag is given, the
|
|
|
|
hard limits are used instead of the current limits. The
|
|
|
|
hard limits impose a ceiling on the values of the current
|
|
|
|
limits. Only the super-user may raise the hard limits, but
|
|
|
|
a user may lower or raise the current limits within the legal range.
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2002-07-24 16:23:10 +00:00
|
|
|
Controllable resources currently include (if supported by the OS):
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fIcputime\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum number of cpu-seconds to be used by each process
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fIfilesize\fR
|
|
|
|
the largest single file which can be created
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fIdatasize\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum growth of the data+stack region via sbrk(2) beyond
|
|
|
|
the end of the program text
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fIstacksize\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum size of the automatically-extended stack region
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fIcoredumpsize\fR
|
|
|
|
the size of the largest core dump that will be created
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fImemoryuse\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum amount of physical memory a process
|
|
|
|
may have allocated to it at a given time
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIvmemoryuse\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum amount of virtual memory a process
|
|
|
|
may have allocated to it at a given time (address space)
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fIvmemoryuse\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum amount of virtual memory a process
|
|
|
|
may have allocated to it at a given time
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIheapsize\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum amount of memory a process
|
|
|
|
may allocate per \fIbrk()\fR system call
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
2002-07-24 16:23:10 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIdescriptors\fR or \fIopenfiles\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum number of open files for this process
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fIconcurrency\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum number of threads for this process
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fImemorylocked\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum size which a process may lock into memory using mlock(2)
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fImaxproc\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum number of simultaneous processes for this user id
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fIsbsize\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum size of socket buffer usage for this user
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fIswapsize\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum amount of swap space reserved or used for this user
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fImaxlocks\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum number of locks for this user
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fImaxsignal\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum number of pending signals for this user
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fImaxmessage\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum number of bytes in POSIX mqueues for this user
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fImaxnice\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum nice priority the user is allowed to raise mapped from [19...-20]
|
|
|
|
to [0...39] for this user
|
|
|
|
.TP
|
|
|
|
\fImaxrtprio\fR
|
|
|
|
the maximum realtime priority for this user
|
|
|
|
\fImaxrttime\fR
|
|
|
|
the timeout for RT tasks in microseconds for this user.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fImaximum-use\fR may be given as a (floating point or
|
|
|
|
integer) number followed by a scale factor. For all limits
|
|
|
|
other than \fIcputime\fR the default scale is `k' or `kilobytes'
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
(1024 bytes); a scale factor of `m' or `megabytes' or `g' or `gigabytes'
|
|
|
|
may also be used. For \fIcputime\fR the default scaling is `seconds',
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
while `m' for minutes or `h' for hours, or a time of the
|
|
|
|
form `mm:ss' giving minutes and seconds may be used.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
If \fImaximum-use\fR is `unlimited',
|
|
|
|
then the limitation on the specified \fIresource\fR
|
|
|
|
is removed (this is equivalent to the \fIunlimit\fR builtin command).
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
For both \fIresource\fR names and scale factors, unambiguous
|
|
|
|
prefixes of the names suffice.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B log \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Prints the \fBwatch\fR shell variable and reports on each user indicated
|
|
|
|
in \fBwatch\fR who is logged in, regardless of when they last logged in.
|
|
|
|
See also \fIwatchlog\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B login
|
|
|
|
Terminates a login shell, replacing it with an instance of
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
\fI/bin/login\fR. This is one way to log off, included for
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
compatibility with \fIsh\fR(1).
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B logout
|
|
|
|
Terminates a login shell. Especially useful if \fBignoreeof\fR is set.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B ls\-F \fR[\-\fIswitch\fR ...] [\fIfile\fR ...] (+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Lists files like `ls \-F', but much faster. It identifies each type of
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
special file in the listing with a special character:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
/
|
|
|
|
Directory
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
Executable
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
Block device
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
Character device
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Named pipe (systems with named pipes only)
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
=
|
|
|
|
Socket (systems with sockets only)
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
@
|
|
|
|
Symbolic link (systems with symbolic links only)
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
|
Hidden directory (AIX only) or context dependent (HP/UX only)
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
:
|
|
|
|
Network special (HP/UX only)
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If the \fBlistlinks\fR shell variable is set, symbolic links are identified
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
in more detail (on only systems that have them, of course):
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
@
|
|
|
|
Symbolic link to a non-directory
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
>
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Symbolic link to a directory
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
&
|
|
|
|
Symbolic link to nowhere
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fBlistlinks\fR also slows down \fIls\-F\fR and causes partitions holding
|
|
|
|
files pointed to by symbolic links to be mounted.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If the \fBlistflags\fR shell variable is set to `x', `a' or `A', or any
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
combination thereof (e.g., `xA'), they are used as flags to \fIls\-F\fR,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
making it act like `ls \-xF', `ls \-Fa', `ls \-FA' or a combination
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
(e.g., `ls \-FxA').
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
On machines where `ls \-C' is not the default, \fIls\-F\fR acts like `ls \-CF',
|
|
|
|
unless \fBlistflags\fR contains an `x', in which case it acts like `ls \-xF'.
|
|
|
|
\fIls\-F\fR passes its arguments to \fIls\fR(1) if it is given any switches,
|
|
|
|
so `alias ls ls\-F' generally does the right thing.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fBls\-F\fR builtin can list files using different colors depending on the
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
filetype or extension. See the \fBcolor\fR shell variable and the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBLS_COLORS\fR environment variable.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.B migrate \fR[\fB\-\fIsite\fR] \fIpid\fR|\fB%\fIjobid\fR ... (+)
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B migrate \-\fIsite\fR (+)
|
|
|
|
The first form migrates the process or job to the site specified or the
|
|
|
|
default site determined by the system path.
|
|
|
|
The second form is equivalent to `migrate \-\fIsite\fR $$': it migrates the
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
current process to the specified site. Migrating the shell
|
|
|
|
itself can cause unexpected behavior, because the shell
|
|
|
|
does not like to lose its tty. (TCF only)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.B newgrp \fR[\fB\-\fR] \fI[group]\fR (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Equivalent to `exec newgrp'; see \fInewgrp\fR(1).
|
|
|
|
Available only if the shell was so compiled;
|
|
|
|
see the \fBversion\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B nice \fR[\fB+\fInumber\fR] [\fIcommand\fR]
|
|
|
|
Sets the scheduling priority for the shell to \fInumber\fR, or, without
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fInumber\fR, to 4. With \fIcommand\fR, runs \fIcommand\fR at the appropriate
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
priority.
|
|
|
|
The greater the \fInumber\fR, the less cpu
|
|
|
|
the process gets. The super-user may specify negative
|
|
|
|
priority by using `nice \-number ...'. Command is always
|
|
|
|
executed in a sub-shell, and the restrictions placed on
|
|
|
|
commands in simple \fIif\fR statements apply.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B nohup \fR[\fIcommand\fR]
|
|
|
|
With \fIcommand\fR, runs \fIcommand\fR such that it will ignore hangup signals.
|
|
|
|
Note that commands may set their own response to hangups, overriding \fInohup\fR.
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Without an argument, causes the non-interactive shell only to
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
ignore hangups for the remainder of the script.
|
|
|
|
See also \fBSignal handling\fR and the \fIhup\fR builtin command.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B notify \fR[\fB%\fIjob\fR ...]
|
|
|
|
Causes the shell to notify the user asynchronously when the status of any
|
|
|
|
of the specified jobs (or, without %\fIjob\fR, the current job) changes,
|
|
|
|
instead of waiting until the next prompt as is usual.
|
|
|
|
\fIjob\fR may be a number, a string, `', `%', `+' or `\-' as described
|
|
|
|
under \fBJobs\fR.
|
|
|
|
See also the \fBnotify\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B onintr \fR[\fB\-\fR|\fIlabel\fR]
|
|
|
|
Controls the action of the shell on interrupts. Without arguments,
|
|
|
|
restores the default action of the shell on interrupts,
|
|
|
|
which is to terminate shell scripts or to return to the
|
|
|
|
terminal command input level.
|
|
|
|
With `\-', causes all interrupts to be ignored.
|
|
|
|
With \fIlabel\fR, causes the shell to execute a `goto \fIlabel\fR'
|
|
|
|
when an interrupt is received or a child process terminates because it was
|
|
|
|
interrupted.
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 8
|
|
|
|
\fIonintr\fR is ignored if the shell is running detached and in system
|
|
|
|
startup files (see \fBFILES\fR), where interrupts are disabled anyway.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B popd \fR[\fB\-p\fR] [\fB\-l\fR] [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-v\fR] \fR[\fB+\fIn\fR]
|
|
|
|
Without arguments, pops the directory stack and returns to the new top directory.
|
|
|
|
With a number `+\fIn\fR', discards the \fIn\fR'th entry in the stack.
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 8
|
|
|
|
Finally, all forms of \fIpopd\fR print the final directory stack,
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
just like \fIdirs\fR. The \fBpushdsilent\fR shell variable can be set to
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
prevent this and the \fB\-p\fR flag can be given to override \fBpushdsilent\fR.
|
|
|
|
The \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-n\fR and \fB\-v\fR flags have the same effect on \fIpopd\fR
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
as on \fIdirs\fR. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B printenv \fR[\fIname\fR] (+)
|
|
|
|
Prints the names and values of all environment variables or,
|
|
|
|
with \fIname\fR, the value of the environment variable \fIname\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B pushd \fR[\fB\-p\fR] [\fB\-l\fR] [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-v\fR] [\fIname\fR|\fB+\fIn\fR]
|
|
|
|
Without arguments, exchanges the top two elements of the directory stack.
|
|
|
|
If \fBpushdtohome\fR is set, \fIpushd\fR without arguments does `pushd ~',
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
like \fIcd\fR. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
With \fIname\fR, pushes the current working directory onto the directory
|
|
|
|
stack and changes to \fIname\fR.
|
|
|
|
If \fIname\fR is `\-' it is interpreted as the previous working directory
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
(see \fBFilename substitution\fR). (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
If \fBdunique\fR is set, \fIpushd\fR removes any instances of \fIname\fR
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
from the stack before pushing it onto the stack. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
With a number `+\fIn\fR', rotates the \fIn\fRth element of the
|
|
|
|
directory stack around to be the top element and changes to it.
|
|
|
|
If \fBdextract\fR is set, however, `pushd +\fIn\fR' extracts the \fIn\fRth
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
directory, pushes it onto the top of the stack and changes to it. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.IP "" 8
|
|
|
|
Finally, all forms of \fIpushd\fR print the final directory stack,
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
just like \fIdirs\fR. The \fBpushdsilent\fR shell variable can be set to
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
prevent this and the \fB\-p\fR flag can be given to override \fBpushdsilent\fR.
|
|
|
|
The \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-n\fR and \fB\-v\fR flags have the same effect on \fIpushd\fR
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
as on \fIdirs\fR. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B rehash
|
|
|
|
Causes the internal hash table of the contents of the
|
|
|
|
directories in the \fBpath\fR variable to be recomputed. This is
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
needed if the \fBautorehash\fR shell variable is not set and new
|
|
|
|
commands are added to directories in \fBpath\fR while you are logged
|
|
|
|
in. With \fBautorehash\fR, a new command will be found
|
|
|
|
automatically, except in the special case where another command of
|
|
|
|
the same name which is located in a different directory already
|
|
|
|
exists in the hash table. Also flushes the cache of home directories
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
built by tilde expansion.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B repeat \fIcount command
|
|
|
|
The specified \fIcommand\fR,
|
|
|
|
which is subject to the same restrictions as the \fIcommand\fR
|
|
|
|
in the one line \fIif\fR statement above, is executed \fIcount\fR times.
|
|
|
|
I/O redirections occur exactly once, even if \fIcount\fR is 0.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B rootnode //\fInodename \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Changes the rootnode to //\fInodename\fR, so that `/' will be interpreted
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
as `//\fInodename\fR'. (Domain/OS only)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.B sched \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B sched \fR[\fB+\fR]\fIhh:mm command\fR \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B sched \-\fIn\fR (+)
|
|
|
|
The first form prints the scheduled-event list.
|
|
|
|
The \fBsched\fR shell variable may be set to define the format in which
|
|
|
|
the scheduled-event list is printed.
|
|
|
|
The second form adds \fIcommand\fR to the scheduled-event list.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> sched 11:00 echo It\\'s eleven o\\'clock.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
causes the shell to echo `It's eleven o'clock.' at 11 AM.
|
|
|
|
The time may be in 12-hour AM/PM format
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> sched 5pm set prompt='[%h] It\\'s after 5; go home: >'
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
or may be relative to the current time:
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> sched +2:15 /usr/lib/uucp/uucico \-r1 \-sother
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
A relative time specification may not use AM/PM format.
|
|
|
|
The third form removes item \fIn\fR from the event list:
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> sched
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
1 Wed Apr 4 15:42 /usr/lib/uucp/uucico \-r1 \-sother
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
2 Wed Apr 4 17:00 set prompt=[%h] It's after 5; go home: >
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> sched \-2
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> sched
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
1 Wed Apr 4 15:42 /usr/lib/uucp/uucico \-r1 \-sother
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
A command in the scheduled-event list is executed just before the first
|
|
|
|
prompt is printed after the time when the command is scheduled.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
It is possible to miss the exact time when the command is to be run, but
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
an overdue command will execute at the next prompt.
|
|
|
|
A command which comes due while the shell
|
|
|
|
is waiting for user input is executed immediately.
|
|
|
|
However, normal operation of an already-running command will not
|
|
|
|
be interrupted so that a scheduled-event list element may be run.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
This mechanism is similar to, but not the same as, the \fIat\fR(1)
|
|
|
|
command on some Unix systems.
|
|
|
|
Its major disadvantage is that it may not run a command at exactly the
|
|
|
|
specified time.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Its major advantage is that because \fIsched\fR runs directly from
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
the shell, it has access to shell variables and other structures.
|
|
|
|
This provides a mechanism for changing one's working environment
|
|
|
|
based on the time of day.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.B set
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.B set \fIname\fR ...
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B set \fIname\fR\fB=\fIword\fR ...
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B set [\-r] [\-f|\-l] \fIname\fR\fB=(\fIwordlist\fB)\fR ... (+)
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B set \fIname[index]\fR\fB=\fIword\fR ...
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B set \-r \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B set \-r \fIname\fR ... (+)
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B set \-r \fIname\fR\fB=\fIword\fR ... (+)
|
|
|
|
The first form of the command prints the value of all shell variables.
|
|
|
|
Variables which contain more than a single word print as a
|
|
|
|
parenthesized word list.
|
|
|
|
The second form sets \fIname\fR to the null string.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The third form sets \fIname\fR to the single \fIword\fR.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
The fourth form sets \fIname\fR to the list of words in
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIwordlist\fR. In all cases the value is command and filename expanded.
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
If \fB\-r\fR is specified, the value is set read-only. If \fB\-f\fR or
|
|
|
|
\fB\-l\fR are specified, set only unique words keeping their order.
|
|
|
|
\fB\-f\fR prefers the first occurrence of a word, and \fB\-l\fR the last.
|
|
|
|
The fifth form sets the \fIindex\fR'th component of \fIname\fR to \fIword\fR;
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
this component must already exist.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The sixth form lists only the names of all shell variables that are read-only.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
The seventh form makes \fIname\fR read-only, whether or not it has a value.
|
|
|
|
The eighth form is the same as the third form, but
|
|
|
|
make \fIname\fR read-only at the same time.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 8
|
|
|
|
These arguments can be repeated to set and/or make read-only multiple variables
|
|
|
|
in a single set command. Note, however, that variable expansion
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
happens for all arguments before any setting occurs. Note also that `=' can
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
be adjacent to both \fIname\fR and \fIword\fR or separated from both by
|
|
|
|
whitespace, but cannot be adjacent to only one or the other.
|
|
|
|
See also the \fIunset\fR builtin command.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B setenv \fR[\fIname \fR[\fIvalue\fR]]
|
|
|
|
Without arguments, prints the names and values of all environment variables.
|
|
|
|
Given \fIname\fR, sets the environment variable \fIname\fR to \fIvalue\fR
|
|
|
|
or, without \fIvalue\fR, to the null string.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B setpath \fIpath \fR(+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Equivalent to \fIsetpath\fR(1). (Mach only)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.B setspath\fR LOCAL|\fIsite\fR|\fIcpu\fR ... (+)
|
|
|
|
Sets the system execution path. (TCF only)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B settc \fIcap value \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Tells the shell to believe that the terminal capability \fIcap\fR
|
|
|
|
(as defined in \fItermcap\fR(5)) has the value \fIvalue\fR.
|
|
|
|
No sanity checking is done.
|
|
|
|
Concept terminal users may have to `settc xn no' to get proper
|
|
|
|
wrapping at the rightmost column.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B setty \fR[\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-q\fR|\fB\-x\fR] [\fB\-a\fR] [[\fB+\fR|\fB\-\fR]\fImode\fR] (+)
|
|
|
|
Controls which tty modes (see \fBTerminal management\fR)
|
|
|
|
the shell does not allow to change.
|
|
|
|
\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-q\fR or \fB\-x\fR tells \fIsetty\fR to act
|
|
|
|
on the `edit', `quote' or `execute' set of tty modes respectively; without
|
|
|
|
\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-q\fR or \fB\-x\fR, `execute' is used.
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 8
|
|
|
|
Without other arguments, \fIsetty\fR lists the modes in the chosen set
|
|
|
|
which are fixed on (`+mode') or off (`\-mode').
|
|
|
|
The available modes, and thus the display, vary from system to system.
|
|
|
|
With \fB\-a\fR, lists all tty modes in the chosen set
|
|
|
|
whether or not they are fixed.
|
|
|
|
With \fB+\fImode\fR, \fB\-\fImode\fR or \fImode\fR, fixes \fImode\fR on or off
|
|
|
|
or removes control from \fImode\fR in the chosen set.
|
|
|
|
For example, `setty +echok echoe' fixes `echok' mode on and allows commands
|
|
|
|
to turn `echoe' mode on or off, both when the shell is executing commands.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B setxvers\fR [\fIstring\fR] (+)
|
|
|
|
Set the experimental version prefix to \fIstring\fR, or removes it
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
if \fIstring\fR is omitted. (TCF only)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B shift \fR[\fIvariable\fR]
|
|
|
|
Without arguments, discards \fBargv\fR[1] and shifts the members of
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBargv\fR to the left. It is an error for \fBargv\fR not to be set or to have
|
|
|
|
less than one word as value. With \fIvariable\fR, performs the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
same function on \fIvariable\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B source \fR[\fB\-h\fR] \fIname\fR [\fIargs\fR ...]
|
|
|
|
The shell reads and executes commands from \fIname\fR.
|
|
|
|
The commands are not placed on the history list.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
If any \fIargs\fR are given, they are placed in \fBargv\fR. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIsource\fR commands may be nested;
|
|
|
|
if they are nested too deeply the shell may run out of file descriptors.
|
|
|
|
An error in a \fIsource\fR at any level terminates all nested
|
|
|
|
\fIsource\fR commands.
|
|
|
|
With \fB\-h\fR, commands are placed on the history list instead of being
|
|
|
|
executed, much like `history \-L'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B stop \fB%\fIjob\fR|\fIpid\fR ...
|
|
|
|
Stops the specified jobs or processes which are executing in the background.
|
|
|
|
\fIjob\fR may be a number, a string, `', `%', `+' or `\-' as described
|
|
|
|
under \fBJobs\fR.
|
|
|
|
There is no default \fIjob\fR; saying just `stop' does not stop
|
|
|
|
the current job.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B suspend
|
|
|
|
Causes the shell to stop in its tracks, much as if it had
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
been sent a stop signal with \fB^Z\fR. This is most often used to
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
stop shells started by \fIsu\fR(1).
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.B switch (\fIstring\fB)
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B case \fIstr1\fB:
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
\&...
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B breaksw
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\&...
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.B default:
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
\&...
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
.B breaksw
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B endsw
|
|
|
|
Each case label is successively matched, against the
|
|
|
|
specified \fIstring\fR which is first command and filename expanded.
|
|
|
|
The file metacharacters `*', `?' and `[...]' may be used
|
|
|
|
in the case labels, which are variable expanded. If none
|
|
|
|
of the labels match before a `default' label is found, then
|
|
|
|
the execution begins after the default label. Each case
|
|
|
|
label and the default label must appear at the beginning of
|
|
|
|
a line. The command \fIbreaksw\fR causes execution to continue
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
after the \fIendsw\fR. Otherwise control may fall through case
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
labels and default labels as in C. If no label matches and
|
|
|
|
there is no default, execution continues after the \fIendsw\fR.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B telltc \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Lists the values of all terminal capabilities (see \fItermcap\fR(5)).
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.B termname \fR[\fIterminal type\fR] \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Tests if \fIterminal type\fR (or the current value of \fBTERM\fR if no
|
|
|
|
\fIterminal type\fR is given) has an entry in the hosts termcap(5) or
|
|
|
|
terminfo(5) database. Prints the terminal type to stdout and returns 0
|
|
|
|
if an entry is present otherwise returns 1.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.B time \fR[\fIcommand\fR]
|
|
|
|
Executes \fIcommand\fR (which must be a simple command, not an alias,
|
|
|
|
a pipeline, a command list or a parenthesized command list)
|
|
|
|
and prints a time summary as described under the \fBtime\fR variable.
|
|
|
|
If necessary, an extra shell is created to print the time statistic when
|
|
|
|
the command completes.
|
|
|
|
Without \fIcommand\fR, prints a time summary for the current shell and its
|
|
|
|
children.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B umask \fR[\fIvalue\fR]
|
|
|
|
Sets the file creation mask to \fIvalue\fR, which is given in octal.
|
|
|
|
Common values for the mask are
|
|
|
|
002, giving all access to the group and read and execute access to others, and
|
|
|
|
022, giving read and execute access to the group and others.
|
|
|
|
Without \fIvalue\fR, prints the current file creation mask.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.B unalias \fIpattern\fR
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
Removes all aliases whose names match \fIpattern\fR.
|
|
|
|
`unalias *' thus removes all aliases.
|
|
|
|
It is not an error for nothing to be \fIunalias\fRed.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B uncomplete \fIpattern\fR (+)
|
|
|
|
Removes all completions whose names match \fIpattern\fR.
|
|
|
|
`uncomplete *' thus removes all completions.
|
|
|
|
It is not an error for nothing to be \fIuncomplete\fRd.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B unhash
|
|
|
|
Disables use of the internal hash table to speed location of
|
|
|
|
executed programs.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B universe \fIuniverse\fR (+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Sets the universe to \fIuniverse\fR. (Masscomp/RTU only)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2009-07-10 21:47:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.B unlimit \fR[\fB\-hf\fR] [\fIresource\fR]
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Removes the limitation on \fIresource\fR or, if no \fIresource\fR is
|
|
|
|
specified, all \fIresource\fR limitations.
|
|
|
|
With \fB\-h\fR, the corresponding hard limits are removed.
|
|
|
|
Only the super-user may do this.
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that \fBunlimit\fR may not exit successful, since most systems
|
|
|
|
do not allow \fIdescriptors\fR to be unlimited.
|
2009-07-10 21:47:20 +00:00
|
|
|
With \fB\-f\fR errors are ignored.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B unset \fIpattern
|
|
|
|
Removes all variables whose names match \fIpattern\fR, unless they are read-only.
|
|
|
|
`unset *' thus removes all variables unless they are read-only;
|
|
|
|
this is a bad idea.
|
|
|
|
It is not an error for nothing to be \fIunset\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B unsetenv \fIpattern
|
|
|
|
Removes all environment variables whose names match \fIpattern\fR.
|
|
|
|
`unsetenv *' thus removes all environment variables;
|
|
|
|
this is a bad idea.
|
|
|
|
It is not an error for nothing to be \fIunsetenv\fRed.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B ver \fR[\fIsystype\fR [\fIcommand\fR]] (+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Without arguments, prints \fBSYSTYPE\fR. With \fIsystype\fR, sets \fBSYSTYPE\fR
|
|
|
|
to \fIsystype\fR. With \fIsystype\fR and \fIcommand\fR, executes \fIcommand\fR
|
|
|
|
under \fIsystype\fR. \fIsystype\fR may be `bsd4.3' or `sys5.3'.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
(Domain/OS only)
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B wait
|
|
|
|
The shell waits for all background jobs. If the shell is interactive, an
|
|
|
|
interrupt will disrupt the wait and cause the shell to print the names and job
|
|
|
|
numbers of all outstanding jobs.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B warp \fIuniverse\fR (+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Sets the universe to \fIuniverse\fR. (Convex/OS only)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B watchlog \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
An alternate name for the \fIlog\fR builtin command (q.v.).
|
|
|
|
Available only if the shell was so compiled;
|
|
|
|
see the \fBversion\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B where \fIcommand\fR (+)
|
|
|
|
Reports all known instances of \fIcommand\fR, including aliases, builtins and
|
|
|
|
executables in \fBpath\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B which\fR \fIcommand\fR (+)
|
|
|
|
Displays the command that will be executed by the shell after substitutions,
|
|
|
|
\fBpath\fR searching, etc.
|
|
|
|
The builtin command is just like \fIwhich\fR(1), but it correctly reports
|
|
|
|
\fItcsh\fR aliases and builtins and is 10 to 100 times faster.
|
|
|
|
See also the \fIwhich-command\fR editor command.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.B while (\fIexpr\fB)\fR
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\&...
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B end
|
|
|
|
Executes the commands between the \fIwhile\fR and the matching \fIend\fR
|
|
|
|
while \fIexpr\fR (an expression, as described under \fBExpressions\fR)
|
|
|
|
evaluates non-zero.
|
|
|
|
\fIwhile\fR and \fIend\fR must appear alone on their input lines.
|
|
|
|
\fIbreak\fR and \fIcontinue\fR may be used to terminate or continue the
|
|
|
|
loop prematurely.
|
|
|
|
If the input is a terminal, the user is prompted the first time
|
|
|
|
through the loop as with \fIforeach\fR.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.SS "Special aliases (+)"
|
|
|
|
If set, each of these aliases executes automatically at the indicated time.
|
|
|
|
They are all initially undefined.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B beepcmd
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Runs when the shell wants to ring the terminal bell.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.B cwdcmd
|
|
|
|
Runs after every change of working directory. For example, if the user is
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
working on an X window system using \fIxterm\fR(1) and a re-parenting window
|
|
|
|
manager that supports title bars such as \fItwm\fR(1) and does
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> alias cwdcmd 'echo \-n "^[]2;${HOST}:$cwd ^G"'
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
then the shell will change the title of the running \fIxterm\fR(1)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
to be the name of the host, a colon, and the full current working directory.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
A fancier way to do that is
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> alias cwdcmd 'echo \-n "^[]2;${HOST}:$cwd^G^[]1;${HOST}^G"'
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
This will put the hostname and working directory on the title bar but
|
|
|
|
only the hostname in the icon manager menu.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Note that putting a \fIcd\fR, \fIpushd\fR or \fIpopd\fR in \fIcwdcmd\fR
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
may cause an infinite loop. It is the author's opinion that anyone doing
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
so will get what they deserve.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.B jobcmd
|
|
|
|
Runs before each command gets executed, or when the command changes state.
|
|
|
|
This is similar to \fIpostcmd\fR, but it does not print builtins.
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
2009-07-10 21:47:20 +00:00
|
|
|
> alias jobcmd 'echo \-n "^[]2\e;\e!#:q^G"'
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
then executing \fIvi foo.c\fR will put the command string in the xterm title bar.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.B helpcommand
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Invoked by the \fBrun-help\fR editor command. The command name for which help
|
|
|
|
is sought is passed as sole argument.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
For example, if one does
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> alias helpcommand '\e!:1 --help'
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
then the help display of the command itself will be invoked, using the GNU
|
|
|
|
help calling convention.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Currently there is no easy way to account for various calling conventions (e.g.,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
the customary Unix `-h'), except by using a table of many commands.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.B periodic
|
|
|
|
Runs every \fBtperiod\fR minutes. This provides a convenient means for
|
|
|
|
checking on common but infrequent changes such as new mail. For example,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if one does
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> set tperiod = 30
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> alias periodic checknews
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
then the \fIchecknews\fR(1) program runs every 30 minutes.
|
|
|
|
If \fIperiodic\fR is set but \fBtperiod\fR is unset or set to 0,
|
|
|
|
\fIperiodic\fR behaves like \fIprecmd\fR.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.B precmd
|
|
|
|
Runs just before each prompt is printed. For example, if one does
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> alias precmd date
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
then \fIdate\fR(1) runs just before the shell prompts for each command.
|
|
|
|
There are no limits on what \fIprecmd\fR can be set to do, but discretion
|
|
|
|
should be used.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B postcmd
|
|
|
|
Runs before each command gets executed.
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
2009-07-10 21:47:20 +00:00
|
|
|
> alias postcmd 'echo \-n "^[]2\e;\e!#:q^G"'
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
then executing \fIvi foo.c\fR will put the command string in the xterm title bar.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B shell
|
|
|
|
Specifies the interpreter for executable scripts which do not themselves
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
specify an interpreter. The first word should be a full path name to the
|
|
|
|
desired interpreter (e.g., `/bin/csh' or `/usr/local/bin/tcsh').
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.SS "Special shell variables"
|
|
|
|
The variables described in this section have special meaning to the shell.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
The shell sets \fBaddsuffix\fR, \fBargv\fR, \fBautologout\fR, \fBcsubstnonl\fR, \fBcommand\fR, \fBecho_style\fR,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBedit\fR, \fBgid\fR, \fBgroup\fR, \fBhome\fR, \fBloginsh\fR, \fBoid\fR, \fBpath\fR,
|
|
|
|
\fBprompt\fR, \fBprompt2\fR, \fBprompt3\fR, \fBshell\fR, \fBshlvl\fR,
|
|
|
|
\fBtcsh\fR, \fBterm\fR, \fBtty\fR, \fBuid\fR, \fBuser\fR and \fBversion\fR at
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
startup; they do not change thereafter unless changed by the user. The shell
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
updates \fBcwd\fR, \fBdirstack\fR, \fBowd\fR and \fBstatus\fR when necessary,
|
|
|
|
and sets \fBlogout\fR on logout.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
The shell synchronizes \fBgroup\fR, \fBhome\fR, \fBpath\fR, \fBshlvl\fR,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBterm\fR and \fBuser\fR with the environment variables of the same names:
|
|
|
|
whenever the environment variable changes the shell changes the corresponding
|
|
|
|
shell variable to match (unless the shell variable is read-only) and vice
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
versa. Note that although \fBcwd\fR and \fBPWD\fR have identical meanings, they
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
are not synchronized in this manner, and that the shell automatically
|
|
|
|
interconverts the different formats of \fBpath\fR and \fBPATH\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B addsuffix \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, filename completion adds `/' to the end of directories and a space
|
|
|
|
to the end of normal files when they are matched exactly.
|
|
|
|
Set by default.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B afsuser \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, \fBautologout\fR's autolock feature uses its value instead of
|
|
|
|
the local username for kerberos authentication.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B ampm \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, all times are shown in 12-hour AM/PM format.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B argv
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The arguments to the shell. Positional parameters are taken from \fBargv\fR,
|
|
|
|
i.e., `$1' is replaced by `$argv[1]', etc.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Set by default, but usually empty in interactive shells.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B autocorrect \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, the \fIspell-word\fR editor command is invoked automatically before
|
|
|
|
each completion attempt.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B autoexpand \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, the \fIexpand-history\fR editor command is invoked automatically
|
2009-07-10 21:47:20 +00:00
|
|
|
before each completion attempt. If this is set to \fIonlyhistory\fR, then
|
|
|
|
only history will be expanded and a second completion will expand filenames.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B autolist \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, possibilities are listed after an ambiguous completion.
|
|
|
|
If set to `ambiguous', possibilities are listed only when no new
|
|
|
|
characters are added by completion.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B autologout \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The first word is the number of minutes of inactivity before automatic
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
logout. The optional second word is the number of minutes of inactivity
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
before automatic locking.
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
When the shell automatically logs out, it prints `auto-logout', sets the
|
|
|
|
variable \fBlogout\fR to `automatic' and exits.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
When the shell automatically locks, the user is required to enter his password
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
to continue working. Five incorrect attempts result in automatic logout.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Set to `60' (automatic logout after 60 minutes, and no locking) by default
|
|
|
|
in login and superuser shells, but not if the shell thinks it is running
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
under a window system (i.e., the \fBDISPLAY\fR environment variable is set),
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
the tty is a pseudo-tty (pty) or the shell was not so compiled (see the
|
|
|
|
\fBversion\fR shell variable).
|
|
|
|
See also the \fBafsuser\fR and \fBlogout\fR shell variables.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.B autorehash \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, the internal hash table of the contents of the directories in the
|
|
|
|
\fBpath\fR variable will be recomputed if a command is not found in the hash
|
|
|
|
table. In addition, the list of available commands will be rebuilt for each
|
|
|
|
command completion or spelling correction attempt if set to `complete' or
|
|
|
|
`correct' respectively; if set to `always', this will be done for both
|
|
|
|
cases.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.B backslash_quote \fR(+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
If set, backslashes (`\\') always quote `\\', `'', and `"'. This may make
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
complex quoting tasks easier, but it can cause syntax errors in \fIcsh\fR(1)
|
|
|
|
scripts.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-11-30 21:05:33 +00:00
|
|
|
.B catalog
|
|
|
|
The file name of the message catalog.
|
|
|
|
If set, tcsh use `tcsh.${catalog}' as a message catalog instead of
|
|
|
|
default `tcsh'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.B cdpath
|
|
|
|
A list of directories in which \fIcd\fR should search for
|
|
|
|
subdirectories if they aren't found in the current directory.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B color
|
|
|
|
If set, it enables color display for the builtin \fBls\-F\fR and it passes
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB\-\-color=auto\fR to \fBls\fR. Alternatively, it can be set to only
|
|
|
|
\fBls\-F\fR or only \fBls\fR to enable color to only one command. Setting
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
it to nothing is equivalent to setting it to \fB(ls\-F ls)\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B colorcat
|
|
|
|
If set, it enables color escape sequence for NLS message files.
|
|
|
|
And display colorful NLS messages.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B command \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, the command which was passed to the shell with the \fB-c\fR flag (q.v.).
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2009-07-10 21:47:20 +00:00
|
|
|
.B compat_expr \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, the shell will evaluate expressions right to left, like the original
|
|
|
|
\fIcsh\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.B complete \fR(+)
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to `igncase', the completion becomes case insensitive.
|
|
|
|
If set to `enhance', completion ignores case and considers
|
|
|
|
hyphens and underscores to be equivalent; it will also treat
|
|
|
|
periods, hyphens and underscores (`.', `\-' and `_') as word
|
|
|
|
separators.
|
|
|
|
If set to `Enhance', completion matches uppercase and underscore
|
|
|
|
characters explicitly and matches lowercase and hyphens in a
|
|
|
|
case-insensivite manner; it will treat periods, hypens and underscores
|
|
|
|
as word separators.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-06-10 20:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.B continue \fR(+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to a list of commands, the shell will continue the listed
|
|
|
|
commands, instead of starting a new one.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B continue_args \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Same as continue, but the shell will execute:
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
2000-06-10 20:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
echo `pwd` $argv > ~/.<cmd>_pause; %<cmd>
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B correct \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set to `cmd', commands are automatically spelling-corrected.
|
|
|
|
If set to `complete', commands are automatically completed.
|
|
|
|
If set to `all', the entire command line is corrected.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.B csubstnonl \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, newlines and carriage returns in command substitution are
|
|
|
|
replaced by spaces. Set by default.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.B cwd
|
|
|
|
The full pathname of the current directory.
|
|
|
|
See also the \fBdirstack\fR and \fBowd\fR shell variables.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B dextract \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, `pushd +\fIn\fR' extracts the \fIn\fRth directory from the directory
|
|
|
|
stack rather than rotating it to the top.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B dirsfile \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The default location in which `dirs \-S' and `dirs \-L' look for
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
a history file. If unset, \fI~/.cshdirs\fR is used.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Because only \fI~/.tcshrc\fR is normally sourced before \fI~/.cshdirs\fR,
|
|
|
|
\fBdirsfile\fR should be set in \fI~/.tcshrc\fR rather than \fI~/.login\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B dirstack \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
An array of all the directories on the directory stack.
|
|
|
|
`$dirstack[1]' is the current working directory, `$dirstack[2]'
|
|
|
|
the first directory on the stack, etc.
|
|
|
|
Note that the current working directory is `$dirstack[1]' but `=0' in
|
|
|
|
directory stack substitutions, etc.
|
|
|
|
One can change the stack arbitrarily by setting \fBdirstack\fR,
|
|
|
|
but the first element (the current working directory) is always correct.
|
|
|
|
See also the \fBcwd\fR and \fBowd\fR shell variables.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B dspmbyte \fR(+)
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Has an effect iff 'dspm' is listed as part of the \fBversion\fR shell variable.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to `euc', it enables display and editing EUC-kanji(Japanese) code.
|
|
|
|
If set to `sjis', it enables display and editing Shift-JIS(Japanese) code.
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to `big5', it enables display and editing Big5(Chinese) code.
|
2002-07-24 16:23:10 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to `utf8', it enables display and editing Utf8(Unicode) code.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to the following format, it enables display and editing of original
|
|
|
|
multi-byte code format:
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> set dspmbyte = 0000....(256 bytes)....0000
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The table requires \fBjust\fR 256 bytes. Each character of 256 characters
|
|
|
|
corresponds (from left to right) to the ASCII codes 0x00, 0x01, ... 0xff. Each
|
|
|
|
character
|
|
|
|
.\" (position in this table?)
|
|
|
|
is set to number 0,1,2 and 3. Each number has the following meaning:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
0 ... not used for multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
1 ... used for the first byte of a multi-byte character.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
2 ... used for the second byte of a multi-byte character.
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
3 ... used for both the first byte and second byte of a multi-byte character.
|
2000-06-10 20:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" SHK: I tried my best to get the following to be grammatically correct.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" However, I still don't understand what's going on here. In the
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.\" following example, there are three bytes, but the text seems to refer to
|
|
|
|
.\" each nybble as a character. What's going on here? It this 3-byte code
|
|
|
|
.\" in the table? The text above seems to imply that there are 256
|
|
|
|
.\" characters/bytes in the table. If I get some more info on this (perhaps
|
|
|
|
.\" a complete example), I could fix the text to be grammatically correct.
|
|
|
|
.\" (steve.kelem@xilinx.com 1999/09/13)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
If set to `001322', the first character (means 0x00 of the ASCII code) and
|
|
|
|
second character (means 0x01 of ASCII code) are set to `0'. Then, it is not
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
used for multi-byte characters. The 3rd character (0x02) is set to '1',
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
indicating that it is used for the first byte of a multi-byte character.
|
|
|
|
The 4th character(0x03) is set '3'. It is used for both the first byte and
|
|
|
|
the second byte of a multi-byte character. The 5th and 6th characters
|
|
|
|
(0x04,0x05) are set to '2', indicating that they are used for the second
|
|
|
|
byte of a multi-byte character.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The GNU fileutils version of ls cannot display multi-byte
|
|
|
|
filenames without the -N ( --literal ) option. If you are using
|
|
|
|
this version, set the second word of dspmbyte to "ls". If not, for
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
example, "ls-F -l" cannot display multi-byte filenames.
|
2002-07-24 16:23:10 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
This variable can only be used if KANJI and DSPMBYTE has been defined at
|
|
|
|
compile time.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B dunique \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, \fIpushd\fR removes any instances of \fIname\fR
|
|
|
|
from the stack before pushing it onto the stack.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B echo
|
|
|
|
If set, each command with its arguments is echoed just before it is
|
|
|
|
executed. For non-builtin commands all expansions occur before
|
|
|
|
echoing. Builtin commands are echoed before command and filename
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
substitution, because these substitutions are then done selectively.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Set by the \fB\-x\fR command line option.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B echo_style \fR(+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The style of the \fIecho\fR builtin. May be set to
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
bsd
|
|
|
|
Don't echo a newline if the first argument is `\-n'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
sysv
|
|
|
|
Recognize backslashed escape sequences in echo strings.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
both
|
|
|
|
Recognize both the `\-n' flag and backslashed escape sequences; the default.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
none
|
|
|
|
Recognize neither.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Set by default to the local system default. The BSD and System V
|
|
|
|
options are described in the \fIecho\fR(1) man pages on the appropriate
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
systems.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B edit \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, the command-line editor is used. Set by default in interactive
|
|
|
|
shells.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B ellipsis \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, the `%c'/`%.' and `%C' prompt sequences (see the \fBprompt\fR
|
|
|
|
shell variable) indicate skipped directories with an ellipsis (`...')
|
|
|
|
instead of `/<skipped>'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.B euid \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The user's effective user ID.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B euser \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The first matching passwd entry name corresponding to the effective user ID.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.B fignore \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Lists file name suffixes to be ignored by completion.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B filec
|
2002-07-24 16:23:10 +00:00
|
|
|
In \fItcsh\fR, completion is always used and this variable is ignored
|
|
|
|
by default. If
|
|
|
|
.B edit
|
|
|
|
is unset, then the traditional \fIcsh\fR completion is used.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
If set in \fIcsh\fR, filename completion is used.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B gid \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The user's real group ID.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.B globdot \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, wild-card glob patterns will match files and directories beginning
|
|
|
|
with `.' except for `.' and `..'
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B globstar \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, the `**' and `***' file glob patterns will match any string of
|
|
|
|
characters including `/' traversing any existing sub-directories. (e.g.
|
|
|
|
`ls **.c' will list all the .c files in the current directory tree).
|
|
|
|
If used by itself, it will match match zero or more sub-directories
|
|
|
|
(e.g. `ls /usr/include/**/time.h' will list any file named `time.h'
|
|
|
|
in the /usr/include directory tree; whereas `ls /usr/include/**time.h'
|
|
|
|
will match any file in the /usr/include directory tree ending in `time.h').
|
|
|
|
To prevent problems with recursion, the `**' glob-pattern will not
|
|
|
|
descend into a symbolic link containing a directory. To override this,
|
|
|
|
use `***'
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.B group \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The user's group name.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.B highlight
|
|
|
|
If set, the incremental search match (in \fIi-search-back\fR and
|
|
|
|
\fIi-search-fwd\fR) and the region between the mark and the cursor are
|
|
|
|
highlighted in reverse video.
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
.IP "" 8
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
Highlighting requires more frequent terminal writes, which introduces extra
|
|
|
|
overhead. If you care about terminal performance, you may want to leave this
|
|
|
|
unset.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.B histchars
|
|
|
|
A string value determining the characters used in \fBHistory
|
|
|
|
substitution\fR (q.v.). The first character of its value is used as
|
|
|
|
the history substitution character, replacing the default character
|
|
|
|
`!'. The second character of its value replaces the character `^' in
|
|
|
|
quick substitutions.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B histdup \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Controls handling of duplicate entries in the history list. If set to
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
`all' only unique history events are entered in the history list. If
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
set to `prev' and the last history event is the same as the current
|
|
|
|
command, then the current command is not entered in the history. If
|
|
|
|
set to `erase' and the same event is found in the history list, that
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
old event gets erased and the current one gets inserted. Note that the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
`prev' and `all' options renumber history events so there are no gaps.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B histfile \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The default location in which `history \-S' and `history \-L' look for
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
a history file. If unset, \fI~/.history\fR is used. \fBhistfile\fR is
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
useful when sharing the same home directory between different machines,
|
|
|
|
or when saving separate histories on different terminals. Because only
|
|
|
|
\fI~/.tcshrc\fR is normally sourced before \fI~/.history\fR,
|
|
|
|
\fBhistfile\fR should be set in \fI~/.tcshrc\fR rather than
|
|
|
|
\fI~/.login\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B histlit \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, builtin and editor commands and the \fBsavehist\fR mechanism
|
|
|
|
use the literal (unexpanded) form of lines in the history list. See
|
|
|
|
also the \fItoggle-literal-history\fR editor command.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B history
|
|
|
|
The first word indicates the number of history events to save. The
|
|
|
|
optional second word (+) indicates the format in which history is
|
|
|
|
printed; if not given, `%h\\t%T\\t%R\\n' is used. The format sequences
|
|
|
|
are described below under \fBprompt\fR; note the variable meaning of
|
|
|
|
`%R'. Set to `100' by default.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B home
|
|
|
|
Initialized to the home directory of the invoker. The filename
|
|
|
|
expansion of `\fI~\fR' refers to this variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B ignoreeof
|
|
|
|
If set to the empty string or `0' and the input device is a terminal,
|
|
|
|
the \fIend-of-file\fR command (usually generated by the user by typing
|
|
|
|
`^D' on an empty line) causes the shell to print `Use "exit" to leave
|
|
|
|
tcsh.' instead of exiting. This prevents the shell from accidentally
|
2004-07-11 02:17:56 +00:00
|
|
|
being killed. Historically this setting exited after 26 successive
|
|
|
|
EOF's to avoid infinite loops. If set to a number \fIn\fR, the shell
|
|
|
|
ignores \fIn - 1\fR consecutive \fIend-of-file\fRs and exits on the
|
|
|
|
\fIn\fRth. (+) If unset, `1' is used, i.e., the shell exits on a
|
|
|
|
single `^D'.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B implicitcd \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, the shell treats a directory name typed as a command as though
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
it were a request to change to that directory. If set to \fIverbose\fR,
|
|
|
|
the change of directory is echoed to the standard output. This behavior
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
is inhibited in non-interactive shell scripts, or for command strings
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
with more than one word. Changing directory takes precedence over
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
executing a like-named command, but it is done after alias
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
substitutions. Tilde and variable expansions work as expected.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B inputmode \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set to `insert' or `overwrite', puts the editor into that input mode
|
|
|
|
at the beginning of each line.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.B killdup \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Controls handling of duplicate entries in the kill ring. If set to
|
|
|
|
`all' only unique strings are entered in the kill ring. If set to
|
|
|
|
`prev' and the last killed string is the same as the current killed
|
|
|
|
string, then the current string is not entered in the ring. If set
|
|
|
|
to `erase' and the same string is found in the kill ring, the old
|
|
|
|
string is erased and the current one is inserted.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B killring \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Indicates the number of killed strings to keep in memory. Set to `30'
|
|
|
|
by default. If unset or set to less than `2', the shell will only
|
|
|
|
keep the most recently killed string.
|
2004-07-11 02:17:56 +00:00
|
|
|
Strings are put in the killring by the editor commands that delete
|
|
|
|
(kill) strings of text, e.g. \fIbackward-delete-word\fR,
|
|
|
|
\fIkill-line\fR, etc, as well as the \fIcopy-region-as-kill\fR command.
|
|
|
|
The \fIyank\fR editor command will yank the most recently killed string
|
|
|
|
into the command-line, while \fIyank-pop\fR (see \fBEditor commands\fR)
|
|
|
|
can be used to yank earlier killed strings.
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.B listflags \fR(+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to `x', `a' or `A', or any combination thereof (e.g., `xA'), they
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
are used as flags to \fIls\-F\fR, making it act like `ls \-xF', `ls
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\-Fa', `ls \-FA' or a combination (e.g., `ls \-FxA'): `a' shows all
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
files (even if they start with a `.'), `A' shows all files but `.' and
|
|
|
|
`..', and `x' sorts across instead of down. If the second word of
|
|
|
|
\fBlistflags\fR is set, it is used as the path to `ls(1)'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B listjobs \fR(+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
If set, all jobs are listed when a job is suspended. If set to `long',
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
the listing is in long format.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B listlinks \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, the \fIls\-F\fR builtin command shows the type of file to which
|
|
|
|
each symbolic link points.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B listmax \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of items which the \fIlist-choices\fR editor command
|
|
|
|
will list without asking first.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B listmaxrows \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The maximum number of rows of items which the \fIlist-choices\fR editor
|
|
|
|
command will list without asking first.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B loginsh \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Set by the shell if it is a login shell. Setting or unsetting it
|
|
|
|
within a shell has no effect. See also \fBshlvl\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B logout \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Set by the shell to `normal' before a normal logout, `automatic' before
|
|
|
|
an automatic logout, and `hangup' if the shell was killed by a hangup
|
|
|
|
signal (see \fBSignal handling\fR). See also the \fBautologout\fR
|
|
|
|
shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B mail
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
A list of files and directories to check for incoming mail, optionally
|
|
|
|
preceded by a numeric word. Before each prompt, if 10 minutes have
|
|
|
|
passed since the last check, the shell checks each file and says `You
|
|
|
|
have new mail.' (or, if \fBmail\fR contains multiple files, `You have
|
|
|
|
new mail in \fIname\fR.') if the filesize is greater than zero in size
|
|
|
|
and has a modification time greater than its access time.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If you are in a login shell, then no mail file is reported unless it has
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
been modified after the time the shell has started up, to prevent
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
redundant notifications. Most login programs will tell you whether or not
|
|
|
|
you have mail when you log in.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If a file specified in \fBmail\fR is a directory, the shell will count each
|
|
|
|
file within that directory as a separate message, and will report `You have
|
|
|
|
\fIn\fR mails.' or `You have \fIn\fR mails in \fIname\fR.' as appropriate.
|
|
|
|
This functionality is provided primarily for those systems which store mail
|
|
|
|
in this manner, such as the Andrew Mail System.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If the first word of \fBmail\fR is numeric it is taken as a different mail
|
|
|
|
checking interval, in seconds.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Under very rare circumstances, the shell may report `You have mail.' instead
|
|
|
|
of `You have new mail.'
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B matchbeep \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set to `never', completion never beeps.
|
|
|
|
If set to `nomatch', it beeps only when there is no match.
|
2004-07-11 02:17:56 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to `ambiguous', it beeps when there are multiple matches.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
If set to `notunique', it beeps when there is one exact and other longer matches.
|
|
|
|
If unset, `ambiguous' is used.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B nobeep \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, beeping is completely disabled.
|
|
|
|
See also \fBvisiblebell\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B noclobber
|
|
|
|
If set, restrictions are placed on output redirection to insure that files
|
|
|
|
are not accidentally destroyed and that `>>' redirections refer to existing
|
|
|
|
files, as described in the \fBInput/output\fR section.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-06-10 20:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.B noding
|
|
|
|
If set, disable the printing of `DING!' in the \fBprompt\fR time
|
|
|
|
specifiers at the change of hour.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.B noglob
|
|
|
|
If set, \fBFilename substitution\fR and \fBDirectory stack substitution\fR
|
|
|
|
(q.v.) are inhibited. This is most useful in shell scripts which do not deal
|
|
|
|
with filenames, or after a list of filenames has been obtained and further
|
|
|
|
expansions are not desirable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B nokanji \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set and the shell supports Kanji (see the \fBversion\fR shell variable),
|
|
|
|
it is disabled so that the meta key can be used.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B nonomatch
|
|
|
|
If set, a \fBFilename substitution\fR or \fBDirectory stack substitution\fR
|
|
|
|
(q.v.) which does not match any
|
|
|
|
existing files is left untouched rather than causing an error.
|
|
|
|
It is still an error for the substitution to be
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
malformed, e.g., `echo [' still gives an error.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B nostat \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
A list of directories (or glob-patterns which match directories; see
|
|
|
|
\fBFilename substitution\fR) that should not be \fIstat\fR(2)ed during a
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
completion operation. This is usually used to exclude directories which
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
take too much time to \fIstat\fR(2), for example \fI/afs\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B notify
|
|
|
|
If set, the shell announces job completions asynchronously.
|
|
|
|
The default is to present job completions just before printing a prompt.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B oid \fR(+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The user's real organization ID. (Domain/OS only)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B owd \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The old working directory, equivalent to the `\-' used by \fIcd\fR and \fIpushd\fR.
|
|
|
|
See also the \fBcwd\fR and \fBdirstack\fR shell variables.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.B padhour
|
|
|
|
If set, enable the printing of padding '0' for hours, in 24 and 12 hour
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
formats. E.G.: 07:45:42 vs. 7:45:42.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B parseoctal
|
|
|
|
To retain compatibily with older versions numeric variables starting with
|
|
|
|
0 are not interpreted as octal. Setting this variable enables proper octal
|
|
|
|
parsing.
|
2007-03-11 22:33:41 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.B path
|
|
|
|
A list of directories in which to look for executable commands.
|
|
|
|
A null word specifies the current directory.
|
|
|
|
If there is no \fBpath\fR variable then only full path names will execute.
|
|
|
|
\fBpath\fR is set by the shell at startup from the \fBPATH\fR environment
|
|
|
|
variable or, if \fBPATH\fR does not exist, to a system-dependent default
|
|
|
|
something like `(/usr/local/bin /usr/bsd /bin /usr/bin .)'.
|
|
|
|
The shell may put `.' first or last in \fBpath\fR or omit it entirely
|
|
|
|
depending on how it was compiled; see the \fBversion\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
A shell which is given neither the \fB\-c\fR nor the \fB\-t\fR option
|
|
|
|
hashes the contents of the directories in \fBpath\fR after
|
|
|
|
reading \fI~/.tcshrc\fR and each time \fBpath\fR is reset.
|
|
|
|
If one adds a new command to a directory in \fBpath\fR while the shell
|
|
|
|
is active, one may need to do a \fIrehash\fR for the shell to find it.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B printexitvalue \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set and an interactive program exits with a non-zero status, the shell
|
|
|
|
prints `Exit \fBstatus\fR'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B prompt
|
|
|
|
The string which is printed before reading each command from the terminal.
|
|
|
|
\fBprompt\fR may include any of the following formatting sequences (+), which
|
|
|
|
are replaced by the given information:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%/
|
|
|
|
The current working directory.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%~
|
|
|
|
The current working directory, but with one's home directory
|
|
|
|
represented by `~' and other users' home directories represented by
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
`~user' as per \fBFilename substitution\fR. `~user' substitution
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
happens only if the shell has already used `~\fIuser\fR' in a pathname
|
|
|
|
in the current session.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%c[[0]\fIn\fR], %.[[0]\fIn\fR]
|
|
|
|
The trailing component of the current working directory, or \fIn\fR
|
|
|
|
trailing components if a digit \fIn\fR is given.
|
|
|
|
If \fIn\fR begins with `0', the number of skipped components precede
|
|
|
|
the trailing component(s) in the format `/<\fIskipped\fR>trailing'.
|
|
|
|
If the \fBellipsis\fR shell variable is set, skipped components
|
|
|
|
are represented by an ellipsis so the whole becomes `...trailing'.
|
|
|
|
`~' substitution is done as in `%~' above, but the `~' component
|
|
|
|
is ignored when counting trailing components.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%C
|
|
|
|
Like %c, but without `~' substitution.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%h, %!, !
|
|
|
|
The current history event number.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%M
|
|
|
|
The full hostname.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%m
|
|
|
|
The hostname up to the first `.'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%S (%s)
|
|
|
|
Start (stop) standout mode.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%B (%b)
|
|
|
|
Start (stop) boldfacing mode.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%U (%u)
|
|
|
|
Start (stop) underline mode.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%t, %@
|
|
|
|
The time of day in 12-hour AM/PM format.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%T
|
|
|
|
Like `%t', but in 24-hour format (but see the \fBampm\fR shell variable).
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%p
|
|
|
|
The `precise' time of day in 12-hour AM/PM format, with seconds.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%P
|
|
|
|
Like `%p', but in 24-hour format (but see the \fBampm\fR shell variable).
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
\e\fIc\fR
|
|
|
|
\fIc\fR is parsed as in \fIbindkey\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
^\fIc\fR
|
|
|
|
\fIc\fR is parsed as in \fIbindkey\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%%
|
|
|
|
A single `%'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%n
|
|
|
|
The user name.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
%N
|
|
|
|
The effective user name.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
2002-07-24 16:23:10 +00:00
|
|
|
%j
|
|
|
|
The number of jobs.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
%d
|
|
|
|
The weekday in `Day' format.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%D
|
|
|
|
The day in `dd' format.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%w
|
|
|
|
The month in `Mon' format.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%W
|
|
|
|
The month in `mm' format.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%y
|
|
|
|
The year in `yy' format.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%Y
|
|
|
|
The year in `yyyy' format.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%l
|
|
|
|
The shell's tty.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%L
|
|
|
|
Clears from the end of the prompt to end of the display or the end of the line.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%$
|
|
|
|
Expands the shell or environment variable name immediately after the `$'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%#
|
|
|
|
`>' (or the first character of the \fBpromptchars\fR shell variable)
|
|
|
|
for normal users, `#' (or the second character of \fBpromptchars\fR)
|
|
|
|
for the superuser.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%{\fIstring\fR%}
|
|
|
|
Includes \fIstring\fR as a literal escape sequence.
|
|
|
|
It should be used only to change terminal attributes and
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
should not move the cursor location. This
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
cannot be the last sequence in \fBprompt\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%?
|
|
|
|
The return code of the command executed just before the prompt.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%R
|
|
|
|
In \fBprompt2\fR, the status of the parser.
|
|
|
|
In \fBprompt3\fR, the corrected string.
|
|
|
|
In \fBhistory\fR, the history string.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
`%B', `%S', `%U' and `%{\fIstring\fR%}' are available in only
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
eight-bit-clean shells; see the \fBversion\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The bold, standout and underline sequences are often used to distinguish a
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
superuser shell. For example,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> set prompt = "%m [%h] %B[%@]%b [%/] you rang? "
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
tut [37] \fB[2:54pm]\fR [/usr/accts/sys] you rang? _
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-06-10 20:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
If `%t', `%@', `%T', `%p', or `%P' is used, and \fBnoding\fR is not set,
|
|
|
|
then print `DING!' on the change of hour (i.e, `:00' minutes) instead of
|
|
|
|
the actual time.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Set by default to `%# ' in interactive shells.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B prompt2 \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The string with which to prompt in \fIwhile\fR and \fIforeach\fR loops and
|
|
|
|
after lines ending in `\\'.
|
|
|
|
The same format sequences may be used as in \fBprompt\fR (q.v.);
|
|
|
|
note the variable meaning of `%R'.
|
|
|
|
Set by default to `%R? ' in interactive shells.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B prompt3 \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The string with which to prompt when confirming automatic spelling correction.
|
|
|
|
The same format sequences may be used as in \fBprompt\fR (q.v.);
|
|
|
|
note the variable meaning of `%R'.
|
|
|
|
Set by default to `CORRECT>%R (y|n|e|a)? ' in interactive shells.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B promptchars \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set (to a two-character string), the `%#' formatting sequence in the
|
|
|
|
\fBprompt\fR shell variable is replaced with the first character for
|
|
|
|
normal users and the second character for the superuser.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B pushdtohome \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, \fIpushd\fR without arguments does `pushd ~', like \fIcd\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B pushdsilent \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, \fIpushd\fR and \fIpopd\fR do not print the directory stack.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B recexact \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, completion completes on an exact match even if a longer match is
|
|
|
|
possible.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B recognize_only_executables \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, command listing displays only files in the path that are
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
executable. Slow.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B rmstar \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, the user is prompted before `rm *' is executed.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B rprompt \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The string to print on the right-hand side of the screen (after
|
|
|
|
the command input) when the prompt is being displayed on the left.
|
|
|
|
It recognizes the same formatting characters as \fBprompt\fR.
|
|
|
|
It will automatically disappear and reappear as necessary, to ensure that
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
command input isn't obscured, and will appear only if the prompt,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
command input, and itself will fit together on the first line.
|
|
|
|
If \fBedit\fR isn't set, then \fBrprompt\fR will be printed after
|
|
|
|
the prompt and before the command input.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B savedirs \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, the shell does `dirs \-S' before exiting.
|
|
|
|
If the first word is set to a number, at most that many directory stack
|
|
|
|
entries are saved.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B savehist
|
|
|
|
If set, the shell does `history \-S' before exiting.
|
|
|
|
If the first word is set to a number, at most that many lines are saved.
|
|
|
|
(The number must be less than or equal to \fBhistory\fR.)
|
|
|
|
If the second word is set to `merge', the history list is merged with
|
|
|
|
the existing history file instead of replacing it (if there is one) and
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
sorted by time stamp and the most recent events are retained. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B sched \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The format in which the \fIsched\fR builtin command prints scheduled events;
|
|
|
|
if not given, `%h\\t%T\\t%R\\n' is used.
|
|
|
|
The format sequences are described above under \fBprompt\fR;
|
|
|
|
note the variable meaning of `%R'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B shell
|
|
|
|
The file in which the shell resides. This is used in forking
|
|
|
|
shells to interpret files which have execute bits set, but
|
|
|
|
which are not executable by the system. (See the description
|
|
|
|
of \fBBuiltin and non-builtin command execution\fR.) Initialized to the
|
|
|
|
(system-dependent) home of the shell.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B shlvl \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The number of nested shells.
|
|
|
|
Reset to 1 in login shells.
|
|
|
|
See also \fBloginsh\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B status
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
The status returned by the last command, unless the variable
|
|
|
|
.B anyerror
|
|
|
|
is set, and any error in a pipeline or a backquote expansion will be
|
|
|
|
propagated (this is the default
|
|
|
|
.B csh
|
|
|
|
behavior, and the current
|
|
|
|
.B tcsh
|
|
|
|
default). If it terminated
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
abnormally, then 0200 is added to the status. Builtin commands
|
|
|
|
which fail return exit status `1', all other builtin commands
|
|
|
|
return status `0'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B symlinks \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Can be set to several different values to control symbolic link (`symlink')
|
|
|
|
resolution:
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If set to `chase', whenever the current directory changes to a directory
|
|
|
|
containing a symbolic link, it is expanded to the real name of the directory
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
to which the link points. This does not work for the user's home directory;
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
this is a bug.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If set to `ignore', the shell tries to construct a current directory
|
|
|
|
relative to the current directory before the link was crossed.
|
|
|
|
This means that \fIcd\fRing through a symbolic link and then `cd ..'ing
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
returns one to the original directory. This affects only builtin commands
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
and filename completion.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If set to `expand', the shell tries to fix symbolic links by actually expanding
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
arguments which look like path names. This affects any command, not just
|
|
|
|
builtins. Unfortunately, this does not work for hard-to-recognize filenames,
|
|
|
|
such as those embedded in command options. Expansion may be prevented by
|
|
|
|
quoting. While this setting is usually the most convenient, it is sometimes
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
misleading and sometimes confusing when it fails to recognize an argument
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
which should be expanded. A compromise is to use `ignore' and use the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
editor command \fInormalize-path\fR (bound by default to ^X-n) when necessary.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Some examples are in order. First, let's set up some play directories:
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> cd /tmp
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> mkdir from from/src to
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
> ln \-s from/src to/dst
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Here's the behavior with \fBsymlinks\fR unset,
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
> cd /tmp/to/dst; echo $cwd
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
/tmp/to/dst
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> cd ..; echo $cwd
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/tmp/from
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
here's the behavior with \fBsymlinks\fR set to `chase',
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
> cd /tmp/to/dst; echo $cwd
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/tmp/from/src
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> cd ..; echo $cwd
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/tmp/from
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
here's the behavior with \fBsymlinks\fR set to `ignore',
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
> cd /tmp/to/dst; echo $cwd
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/tmp/to/dst
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> cd ..; echo $cwd
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/tmp/to
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
and here's the behavior with \fBsymlinks\fR set to `expand'.
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
> cd /tmp/to/dst; echo $cwd
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/tmp/to/dst
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> cd ..; echo $cwd
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/tmp/to
|
|
|
|
.br
|
2001-09-05 17:49:32 +00:00
|
|
|
> cd /tmp/to/dst; echo $cwd
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/tmp/to/dst
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> cd ".."; echo $cwd
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/tmp/from
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> /bin/echo ..
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
/tmp/to
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
> /bin/echo ".."
|
|
|
|
.br
|
|
|
|
\&..
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Note that `expand' expansion 1) works just like `ignore' for builtins
|
|
|
|
like \fIcd\fR, 2) is prevented by quoting, and 3) happens before
|
|
|
|
filenames are passed to non-builtin commands.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B tcsh \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The version number of the shell in the format `R.VV.PP',
|
|
|
|
where `R' is the major release number, `VV' the current version
|
|
|
|
and `PP' the patchlevel.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
.B term
|
|
|
|
The terminal type. Usually set in \fI~/.login\fR as described under
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBStartup and shutdown\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B time
|
|
|
|
If set to a number, then the \fItime\fR builtin (q.v.) executes automatically
|
|
|
|
after each command which takes more than that many CPU seconds.
|
|
|
|
If there is a second word, it is used as a format string for the output
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
of the \fItime\fR builtin. (u) The following sequences may be used in the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
format string:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%U
|
|
|
|
The time the process spent in user mode in cpu seconds.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%S
|
|
|
|
The time the process spent in kernel mode in cpu seconds.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%E
|
|
|
|
The elapsed (wall clock) time in seconds.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%P
|
|
|
|
The CPU percentage computed as (%U + %S) / %E.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%W
|
|
|
|
Number of times the process was swapped.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%X
|
|
|
|
The average amount in (shared) text space used in Kbytes.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%D
|
|
|
|
The average amount in (unshared) data/stack space used in Kbytes.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%K
|
|
|
|
The total space used (%X + %D) in Kbytes.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%M
|
|
|
|
The maximum memory the process had in use at any time in Kbytes.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%F
|
|
|
|
The number of major page faults (page needed to be brought from disk).
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%R
|
|
|
|
The number of minor page faults.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%I
|
|
|
|
The number of input operations.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%O
|
|
|
|
The number of output operations.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%r
|
|
|
|
The number of socket messages received.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%s
|
|
|
|
The number of socket messages sent.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%k
|
|
|
|
The number of signals received.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%w
|
|
|
|
The number of voluntary context switches (waits).
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%c
|
|
|
|
The number of involuntary context switches.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Only the first four sequences are supported on systems without BSD resource
|
|
|
|
limit functions.
|
|
|
|
The default time format is `%Uu %Ss %E %P %X+%Dk %I+%Oio %Fpf+%Ww' for
|
|
|
|
systems that support resource usage reporting and `%Uu %Ss %E %P' for
|
|
|
|
systems that do not.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Under Sequent's DYNIX/ptx, %X, %D, %K, %r and %s are not
|
|
|
|
available, but the following additional sequences are:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%Y
|
|
|
|
The number of system calls performed.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%Z
|
|
|
|
The number of pages which are zero-filled on demand.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%i
|
|
|
|
The number of times a process's resident set size was increased by the kernel.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%d
|
|
|
|
The number of times a process's resident set size was decreased by the kernel.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%l
|
|
|
|
The number of read system calls performed.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%m
|
|
|
|
The number of write system calls performed.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%p
|
|
|
|
The number of reads from raw disk devices.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%q
|
|
|
|
The number of writes to raw disk devices.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2004-07-11 02:17:56 +00:00
|
|
|
and the default time format is `%Uu %Ss %E %P %I+%Oio %Fpf+%Ww'.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that the CPU percentage can be higher than 100% on multi-processors.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B tperiod \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The period, in minutes, between executions of the \fIperiodic\fR special alias.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B tty \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The name of the tty, or empty if not attached to one.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B uid \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The user's real user ID.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B user
|
|
|
|
The user's login name.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B verbose
|
|
|
|
If set, causes the words of each
|
|
|
|
command to be printed, after history substitution (if any).
|
|
|
|
Set by the \fB\-v\fR command line option.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B version \fR(+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The version ID stamp. It contains the shell's version number (see \fBtcsh\fR),
|
|
|
|
origin, release date, vendor, operating system and machine (see \fBVENDOR\fR,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBOSTYPE\fR and \fBMACHTYPE\fR) and a comma-separated
|
|
|
|
list of options which were set at compile time.
|
|
|
|
Options which are set by default in the distribution are noted.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
8b
|
|
|
|
The shell is eight bit clean; default
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
7b
|
|
|
|
The shell is not eight bit clean
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
|
|
|
wide
|
|
|
|
The shell is multibyte encoding clean (like UTF-8)
|
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
nls
|
|
|
|
The system's NLS is used; default for systems with NLS
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
lf
|
|
|
|
Login shells execute \fI/etc/csh.login\fR before instead of after
|
|
|
|
\fI/etc/csh.cshrc\fR and \fI~/.login\fR before instead of after
|
|
|
|
\fI~/.tcshrc\fR and \fI~/.history\fR.
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
dl
|
|
|
|
`.' is put last in \fBpath\fR for security; default
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
nd
|
|
|
|
`.' is omitted from \fBpath\fR for security
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
vi
|
|
|
|
\fIvi\fR-style editing is the default rather than \fIemacs\fR
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
dtr
|
|
|
|
Login shells drop DTR when exiting
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
bye
|
|
|
|
\fIbye\fR is a synonym for \fIlogout\fR and \fIlog\fR
|
|
|
|
is an alternate name for \fIwatchlog\fR
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
al
|
|
|
|
\fBautologout\fR is enabled; default
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
kan
|
2000-11-30 21:05:33 +00:00
|
|
|
Kanji is used if appropriate according to locale settings,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
unless the \fBnokanji\fR shell variable is set
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
sm
|
|
|
|
The system's \fImalloc\fR(3) is used
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
hb
|
|
|
|
The `#!<program> <args>' convention is emulated when executing shell scripts
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
ng
|
|
|
|
The \fInewgrp\fR builtin is available
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
rh
|
|
|
|
The shell attempts to set the \fBREMOTEHOST\fR environment variable
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 6
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
afs
|
|
|
|
The shell verifies your password with the kerberos server if local
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
authentication fails. The \fBafsuser\fR shell variable or the
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fBAFSUSER\fR environment variable override your local username if set.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
An administrator may enter additional strings to indicate differences
|
|
|
|
in the local version.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B visiblebell \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, a screen flash is used rather than the audible bell.
|
|
|
|
See also \fBnobeep\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B watch \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
A list of user/terminal pairs to watch for logins and logouts.
|
|
|
|
If either the user is `any' all terminals are watched for the given user
|
|
|
|
and vice versa.
|
|
|
|
Setting \fBwatch\fR to `(any any)' watches all users and terminals.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
set watch = (george ttyd1 any console $user any)
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
reports activity of the user `george' on ttyd1, any user on the console, and
|
|
|
|
oneself (or a trespasser) on any terminal.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Logins and logouts are checked every 10 minutes by default, but the first
|
|
|
|
word of \fBwatch\fR can be set to a number to check every so many minutes.
|
|
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
.IP "" 4
|
|
|
|
set watch = (1 any any)
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
reports any login/logout once every minute. For the impatient, the \fIlog\fR
|
|
|
|
builtin command triggers a \fBwatch\fR report at any time. All current logins
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
are reported (as with the \fIlog\fR builtin) when \fBwatch\fR is first set.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The \fBwho\fR shell variable controls the format of \fBwatch\fR reports.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B who \fR(+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The format string for \fBwatch\fR messages. The following sequences
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
are replaced by the given information:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%n
|
|
|
|
The name of the user who logged in/out.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%a
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The observed action, i.e., `logged on', `logged off' or `replaced \fIolduser\fR on'.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%l
|
|
|
|
The terminal (tty) on which the user logged in/out.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%M
|
|
|
|
The full hostname of the remote host, or `local' if the login/logout was
|
|
|
|
from the local host.
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
%m
|
|
|
|
The hostname of the remote host up to the first `.'.
|
|
|
|
The full name is printed if it is an IP address or an X Window System display.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
%M and %m are available on only systems that store the remote hostname in
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
\fI/etc/utmp\fR.
|
|
|
|
If unset, `%n has %a %l from %m.' is used, or `%n has %a %l.' on systems
|
|
|
|
which don't store the remote hostname.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B wordchars \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
A list of non-alphanumeric characters to be considered part of a word by the
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIforward-word\fR, \fIbackward-word\fR etc., editor commands.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
If unset, `*?_\-.[]~=' is used.
|
|
|
|
.SH ENVIRONMENT
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B AFSUSER \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to the \fBafsuser\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B COLUMNS
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The number of columns in the terminal. See \fBTerminal management\fR.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B DISPLAY
|
|
|
|
Used by X Window System (see \fIX\fR(1)).
|
|
|
|
If set, the shell does not set \fBautologout\fR (q.v.).
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B EDITOR
|
|
|
|
The pathname to a default editor.
|
|
|
|
See also the \fBVISUAL\fR environment variable
|
|
|
|
and the \fIrun-fg-editor\fR editor command.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B GROUP \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to the \fBgroup\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B HOME
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to the \fBhome\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B HOST \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Initialized to the name of the machine on which the shell
|
|
|
|
is running, as determined by the \fIgethostname\fR(2) system call.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B HOSTTYPE \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Initialized to the type of machine on which the shell
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
is running, as determined at compile time. This variable is obsolete and
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
will be removed in a future version.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B HPATH \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
A colon-separated list of directories in which the \fIrun-help\fR editor
|
|
|
|
command looks for command documentation.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B LANG
|
|
|
|
Gives the preferred character environment.
|
|
|
|
See \fBNative Language System support\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B LC_CTYPE
|
|
|
|
If set, only ctype character handling is changed.
|
|
|
|
See \fBNative Language System support\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B LINES
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The number of lines in the terminal. See \fBTerminal management\fR.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B LS_COLORS
|
|
|
|
The format of this variable is reminiscent of the \fBtermcap(5)\fR
|
|
|
|
file format; a colon-separated list of expressions of the form
|
|
|
|
"\fIxx=string\fR", where "\fIxx\fR" is a two-character variable name. The
|
|
|
|
variables with their associated defaults are:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
2000-06-10 20:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.RS +4
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 12
|
|
|
|
no 0
|
|
|
|
Normal (non-filename) text
|
|
|
|
.TP 12
|
|
|
|
fi 0
|
|
|
|
Regular file
|
|
|
|
.TP 12
|
|
|
|
di 01;34
|
|
|
|
Directory
|
|
|
|
.TP 12
|
|
|
|
ln 01;36
|
|
|
|
Symbolic link
|
|
|
|
.TP 12
|
|
|
|
pi 33
|
|
|
|
Named pipe (FIFO)
|
|
|
|
.TP 12
|
|
|
|
so 01;35
|
|
|
|
Socket
|
|
|
|
.TP 12
|
2002-07-24 16:23:10 +00:00
|
|
|
do 01;35
|
|
|
|
Door
|
|
|
|
.TP 12
|
2000-06-10 20:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
bd 01;33
|
|
|
|
Block device
|
|
|
|
.TP 12
|
|
|
|
cd 01;32
|
|
|
|
Character device
|
|
|
|
.TP 12
|
|
|
|
ex 01;32
|
|
|
|
Executable file
|
|
|
|
.TP 12
|
|
|
|
mi (none)
|
|
|
|
Missing file (defaults to fi)
|
|
|
|
.TP 12
|
|
|
|
or (none)
|
|
|
|
Orphaned symbolic link (defaults to ln)
|
|
|
|
.TP 12
|
|
|
|
lc ^[[
|
|
|
|
Left code
|
|
|
|
.TP 12
|
|
|
|
rc m
|
|
|
|
Right code
|
|
|
|
.TP 12
|
|
|
|
ec (none)
|
|
|
|
End code (replaces lc+no+rc)
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
You need to include only the variables you want to change from
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
the default.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
File names can also be colorized based on filename extension.
|
|
|
|
This is specified in the \fBLS_COLORS\fR variable using the syntax
|
|
|
|
\fB"*ext=string"\fR. For example, using ISO 6429 codes, to color
|
|
|
|
all C\-language source files blue you would specify \fB"*.c=34"\fR.
|
|
|
|
This would color all files ending in \fB.c\fR in blue (34) color.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Control characters can be written either in C\-style\-escaped
|
|
|
|
notation, or in stty\-like ^\-notation. The C\-style notation
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
adds \fB^[\fR for Escape, \fB\_\fR for a normal space character,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
and \fB?\fR for Delete. In addition, the \fB^[\fR escape character
|
|
|
|
can be used to override the default interpretation of \fB^[\fR,
|
|
|
|
\fB^\fR, \fB:\fR and \fB=\fR.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Each file will be written as \fB<lc>\fR \fB<color-code>\fR
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fB<rc>\fR \fB<filename>\fR \fB<ec>\fR. If the \fB<ec>\fR
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
code is undefined, the sequence \fB<lc>\fR \fB<no>
|
|
|
|
\fB<rc>\fR will be used instead. This is generally more convenient
|
|
|
|
to use, but less general. The left, right and end codes are
|
|
|
|
provided so you don't have to type common parts over and over
|
|
|
|
again and to support weird terminals; you will generally not
|
|
|
|
need to change them at all unless your terminal does not use
|
|
|
|
ISO 6429 color sequences but a different system.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
If your terminal does use ISO 6429 color codes, you can
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
compose the type codes (i.e., all except the \fBlc\fR, \fBrc\fR,
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
and \fBec\fR codes) from numerical commands separated by semicolons. The
|
|
|
|
most common commands are:
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.RS +8
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
to restore default color
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
for brighter colors
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
for underlined text
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
for flashing text
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
for black foreground
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
for red foreground
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
for green foreground
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
for yellow (or brown) foreground
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
for blue foreground
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
for purple foreground
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
for cyan foreground
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
for white (or gray) foreground
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
for black background
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
for red background
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
for green background
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
for yellow (or brown) background
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
for blue background
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
for purple background
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
for cyan background
|
|
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
for white (or gray) background
|
2000-06-10 20:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
.PD
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Not all commands will work on all systems or display devices.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
A few terminal programs do not recognize the default end code
|
|
|
|
properly. If all text gets colorized after you do a directory
|
|
|
|
listing, try changing the \fBno\fR and \fBfi\fR codes from 0 to the
|
|
|
|
numerical codes for your standard fore- and background colors.
|
|
|
|
.RE
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B MACHTYPE \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The machine type (microprocessor class or machine model), as determined at compile time.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B NOREBIND \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
If set, printable characters are not rebound to \fIself-insert-command\fR.
|
|
|
|
See \fBNative Language System support\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B OSTYPE \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The operating system, as determined at compile time.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B PATH
|
|
|
|
A colon-separated list of directories in which to look for executables.
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to the \fBpath\fR shell variable, but in a different format.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B PWD \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to the \fBcwd\fR shell variable, but not synchronized to it;
|
|
|
|
updated only after an actual directory change.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B REMOTEHOST \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The host from which the user has logged in remotely, if this is the case and
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
the shell is able to determine it. Set only if the shell was so compiled;
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
see the \fBversion\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B SHLVL \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to the \fBshlvl\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B SYSTYPE \fR(+)
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The current system type. (Domain/OS only)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B TERM
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to the \fBterm\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B TERMCAP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
The terminal capability string. See \fBTerminal management\fR.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B USER
|
|
|
|
Equivalent to the \fBuser\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B VENDOR \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
The vendor, as determined at compile time.
|
|
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
|
|
.B VISUAL
|
|
|
|
The pathname to a default full-screen editor.
|
|
|
|
See also the \fBEDITOR\fR environment variable
|
|
|
|
and the \fIrun-fg-editor\fR editor command.
|
|
|
|
.SH FILES
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 16
|
|
|
|
.I /etc/csh.cshrc
|
|
|
|
Read first by every shell.
|
|
|
|
ConvexOS, Stellix and Intel use \fI/etc/cshrc\fR and
|
|
|
|
NeXTs use \fI/etc/cshrc.std\fR.
|
|
|
|
A/UX, AMIX, Cray and IRIX have no equivalent in \fIcsh\fR(1),
|
|
|
|
but read this file in \fItcsh\fR anyway.
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Solaris 2.x does not have it either, but \fItcsh\fR reads \fI/etc/.cshrc\fR. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 16
|
|
|
|
.I /etc/csh.login
|
|
|
|
Read by login shells after \fI/etc/csh.cshrc\fR.
|
|
|
|
ConvexOS, Stellix and Intel use \fI/etc/login\fR,
|
|
|
|
NeXTs use \fI/etc/login.std\fR, Solaris 2.x uses \fI/etc/.login\fR and
|
|
|
|
A/UX, AMIX, Cray and IRIX use \fI/etc/cshrc\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 16
|
|
|
|
.I ~/.tcshrc \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Read by every shell after \fI/etc/csh.cshrc\fR or its equivalent.
|
|
|
|
.TP 16
|
|
|
|
.I ~/.cshrc
|
|
|
|
Read by every shell, if \fI~/.tcshrc\fR doesn't exist,
|
|
|
|
after \fI/etc/csh.cshrc\fR or its equivalent.
|
|
|
|
This manual uses `\fI~/.tcshrc\fR' to mean `\fI~/.tcshrc\fR or,
|
|
|
|
if \fI~/.tcshrc\fR is not found, \fI~/.cshrc\fR'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 16
|
|
|
|
.I ~/.history
|
|
|
|
Read by login shells after \fI~/.tcshrc\fR
|
|
|
|
if \fBsavehist\fR is set, but see also \fBhistfile\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 16
|
|
|
|
.I ~/.login
|
|
|
|
Read by login shells after \fI~/.tcshrc\fR or \fI~/.history\fR.
|
|
|
|
The shell may be compiled to read \fI~/.login\fR before instead of after
|
|
|
|
\fI~/.tcshrc\fR and \fI~/.history\fR; see the \fBversion\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.TP 16
|
|
|
|
.I ~/.cshdirs \fR(+)
|
|
|
|
Read by login shells after \fI~/.login\fR
|
|
|
|
if \fBsavedirs\fR is set, but see also \fBdirsfile\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 16
|
|
|
|
.I /etc/csh.logout
|
|
|
|
Read by login shells at logout.
|
|
|
|
ConvexOS, Stellix and Intel use \fI/etc/logout\fR and
|
|
|
|
NeXTs use \fI/etc/logout.std\fR.
|
|
|
|
A/UX, AMIX, Cray and IRIX have no equivalent in \fIcsh\fR(1),
|
|
|
|
but read this file in \fItcsh\fR anyway.
|
2000-06-10 20:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
Solaris 2.x does not have it either, but \fItcsh\fR reads \fI/etc/.logout\fR. (+)
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 16
|
|
|
|
.I ~/.logout
|
|
|
|
Read by login shells at logout after \fI/etc/csh.logout\fR or its equivalent.
|
|
|
|
.TP 16
|
|
|
|
.I /bin/sh
|
|
|
|
Used to interpret shell scripts not starting with a `#'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 16
|
|
|
|
.I /tmp/sh*
|
|
|
|
Temporary file for `<<'.
|
|
|
|
.TP 16
|
|
|
|
.I /etc/passwd
|
|
|
|
Source of home directories for `~name' substitutions.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The order in which startup files are read may differ if the shell was so
|
|
|
|
compiled; see \fBStartup and shutdown\fR and the \fBversion\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.SH "NEW FEATURES (+)"
|
|
|
|
This manual describes \fItcsh\fR as a single entity,
|
|
|
|
but experienced \fIcsh\fR(1) users will want to pay special attention to
|
|
|
|
\fItcsh\fR's new features.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
A command-line editor, which supports GNU Emacs or \fIvi\fR(1)-style
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
key bindings. See \fBThe command-line editor\fR and \fBEditor commands\fR.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Programmable, interactive word completion and listing.
|
|
|
|
See \fBCompletion and listing\fR and the \fIcomplete\fR and \fIuncomplete\fR
|
|
|
|
builtin commands.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fBSpelling correction\fR (q.v.) of filenames, commands and variables.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fBEditor commands\fR (q.v.) which perform other useful functions in the middle of
|
|
|
|
typed commands, including documentation lookup (\fIrun-help\fR),
|
|
|
|
quick editor restarting (\fIrun-fg-editor\fR) and
|
|
|
|
command resolution (\fIwhich-command\fR).
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
An enhanced history mechanism. Events in the history list are time-stamped.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
See also the \fIhistory\fR command and its associated shell variables,
|
|
|
|
the previously undocumented `#' event specifier and new modifiers
|
|
|
|
under \fBHistory substitution\fR,
|
|
|
|
the \fI*-history\fR, \fIhistory-search-*\fR, \fIi-search-*\fR, \fIvi-search-*\fR and
|
|
|
|
\fItoggle-literal-history\fR editor commands
|
|
|
|
and the \fBhistlit\fR shell variable.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Enhanced directory parsing and directory stack handling.
|
|
|
|
See the \fIcd\fR, \fIpushd\fR, \fIpopd\fR and \fIdirs\fR commands and their associated
|
|
|
|
shell variables, the description of \fBDirectory stack substitution\fR,
|
|
|
|
the \fBdirstack\fR, \fBowd\fR and \fBsymlinks\fR shell variables and
|
|
|
|
the \fInormalize-command\fR and \fInormalize-path\fR editor commands.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Negation in glob-patterns. See \fBFilename substitution\fR.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
New \fBFile inquiry operators\fR (q.v.) and a \fIfiletest\fR
|
|
|
|
builtin which uses them.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
A variety of \fBAutomatic, periodic and timed events\fR (q.v.) including
|
|
|
|
scheduled events, special aliases, automatic logout and terminal locking,
|
|
|
|
command timing and watching for logins and logouts.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Support for the Native Language System
|
|
|
|
(see \fBNative Language System support\fR),
|
|
|
|
OS variant features
|
|
|
|
(see \fBOS variant support\fR and the \fBecho_style\fR shell variable)
|
|
|
|
and system-dependent file locations (see \fBFILES\fR).
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Extensive terminal-management capabilities. See \fBTerminal management\fR.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
New builtin commands including \fIbuiltins\fR, \fIhup\fR, \fIls\-F\fR,
|
|
|
|
\fInewgrp\fR, \fIprintenv\fR, \fIwhich\fR and \fIwhere\fR (q.v.).
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
New variables that make useful information easily available to the shell.
|
|
|
|
See the \fBgid\fR, \fBloginsh\fR, \fBoid\fR, \fBshlvl\fR, \fBtcsh\fR,
|
|
|
|
\fBtty\fR, \fBuid\fR and \fBversion\fR shell variables and the \fBHOST\fR,
|
|
|
|
\fBREMOTEHOST\fR, \fBVENDOR\fR, \fBOSTYPE\fR and \fBMACHTYPE\fR environment
|
|
|
|
variables.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
A new syntax for including useful information in the prompt string
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
(see \fBprompt\fR),
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
and special prompts for loops and spelling correction
|
|
|
|
(see \fBprompt2\fR and \fBprompt3\fR).
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Read-only variables. See \fBVariable substitution\fR.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.SH BUGS
|
|
|
|
When a suspended command is restarted, the shell prints the directory
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
it started in if this is different from the current directory. This can
|
|
|
|
be misleading (i.e., wrong) as the job may have changed directories internally.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Shell builtin functions are not stoppable/restartable. Command sequences
|
|
|
|
of the form `a ; b ; c' are also not handled gracefully when stopping is
|
|
|
|
attempted. If you suspend `b', the shell will then immediately execute
|
|
|
|
`c'. This is especially noticeable if this expansion results from an
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
\fIalias\fR. It suffices to place the sequence of commands in ()'s to force it
|
|
|
|
to a subshell, i.e., `( a ; b ; c )'.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Control over tty output after processes are started is primitive; perhaps
|
|
|
|
this will inspire someone to work on a good virtual terminal interface.
|
|
|
|
In a virtual terminal interface much more interesting things could be
|
|
|
|
done with output control.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Alias substitution is most often used to clumsily simulate shell procedures;
|
|
|
|
shell procedures should be provided rather than aliases.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
Control structures should be parsed rather than being recognized as
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
built-in commands. This would allow control commands to be placed anywhere,
|
|
|
|
to be combined with `|', and to be used with `&' and `;' metasyntax.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fIforeach\fR doesn't ignore here documents when looking for its \fIend\fR.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
It should be possible to use the `:' modifiers on the output of command
|
|
|
|
substitutions.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The screen update for lines longer than the screen width is very poor
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
if the terminal cannot move the cursor up (i.e., terminal type `dumb').
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fBHPATH\fR and \fBNOREBIND\fR don't need to be environment variables.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Glob-patterns which do not use `?', `*' or `[]' or which use `{}' or `~'
|
|
|
|
are not negated correctly.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The single-command form of \fIif\fR does output redirection even if
|
|
|
|
the expression is false and the command is not executed.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
\fIls\-F\fR includes file identification characters when sorting filenames
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
and does not handle control characters in filenames well. It cannot be
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
interrupted.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2005-04-24 19:41:08 +00:00
|
|
|
Command substitution supports multiple commands and conditions, but not
|
|
|
|
cycles or backward \fIgoto\fRs.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Report bugs at http://bugs.gw.com/, preferably with fixes. If you want to
|
|
|
|
help maintain and test tcsh, send mail to tcsh-request@mx.gw.com with the
|
|
|
|
text `subscribe tcsh' on a line by itself in the body.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.SH THE T IN TCSH
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
In 1964, DEC produced the PDP-6. The PDP-10 was a later re-implementation. It
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
was re-christened the DECsystem-10 in 1970 or so when DEC brought out the
|
|
|
|
second model, the KI10.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
TENEX was created at Bolt, Beranek & Newman (a Cambridge, Massachusetts
|
|
|
|
think tank) in
|
|
|
|
1972 as an experiment in demand-paged virtual memory operating systems. They
|
|
|
|
built a new pager for the DEC PDP-10 and created the OS to go with it. It was
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
extremely successful in academia.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
In 1975, DEC brought out a new model of the PDP-10, the KL10; they intended to
|
|
|
|
have only a version of TENEX, which they had licensed from BBN, for the new
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
box. They called their version TOPS-20 (their capitalization is trademarked).
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
A lot of TOPS-10 users (`The OPerating System for PDP-10') objected; thus DEC
|
|
|
|
found themselves supporting two incompatible systems on the same hardware--but
|
|
|
|
then there were 6 on the PDP-11!
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
TENEX, and TOPS-20 to version 3, had command completion
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
via a user-code-level subroutine library called ULTCMD. With version 3, DEC
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
moved all that capability and more into the monitor (`kernel' for you Unix
|
|
|
|
types), accessed by the COMND% JSYS (`Jump to SYStem' instruction, the
|
|
|
|
supervisor call mechanism [are my IBM roots also showing?]).
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The creator of tcsh was impressed by this feature and several others of TENEX
|
|
|
|
and TOPS-20, and created a version of csh which mimicked them.
|
|
|
|
.SH LIMITATIONS
|
2009-07-10 21:47:20 +00:00
|
|
|
The system limits argument lists to ARG_MAX characters.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
The number of arguments to a command which involves filename expansion is
|
|
|
|
limited to 1/6th the number of characters allowed in an argument list.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Command substitutions may substitute no more characters than are allowed in
|
|
|
|
an argument list.
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
To detect looping, the shell restricts the number of \fIalias\fR
|
|
|
|
substitutions on a single line to 20.
|
|
|
|
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
|
|
|
csh(1), emacs(1), ls(1), newgrp(1), sh(1), setpath(1), stty(1), su(1),
|
|
|
|
tset(1), vi(1), x(1), access(2), execve(2), fork(2), killpg(2),
|
|
|
|
pipe(2), setrlimit(2), sigvec(2), stat(2), umask(2), vfork(2), wait(2),
|
|
|
|
malloc(3), setlocale(3), tty(4), a.out(5), termcap(5), environ(7),
|
|
|
|
termio(7), Introduction to the C Shell
|
|
|
|
.SH VERSION
|
2012-02-20 00:53:59 +00:00
|
|
|
This manual documents tcsh 6.18.01 (Astron) 2012-02-14.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.SH AUTHORS
|
|
|
|
.PD 0
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
William Joy
|
|
|
|
Original author of \fIcsh\fR(1)
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
J.E. Kulp, IIASA, Laxenburg, Austria
|
|
|
|
Job control and directory stack features
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Ken Greer, HP Labs, 1981
|
|
|
|
File name completion
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Mike Ellis, Fairchild, 1983
|
|
|
|
Command name recognition/completion
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Paul Placeway, Ohio State CIS Dept., 1983-1993
|
|
|
|
Command line editor, prompt routines, new glob syntax and numerous fixes
|
|
|
|
and speedups
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Karl Kleinpaste, CCI 1983-4
|
|
|
|
Special aliases, directory stack extraction stuff, login/logout watch,
|
|
|
|
scheduled events, and the idea of the new prompt format
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Rayan Zachariassen, University of Toronto, 1984
|
|
|
|
\fIls\-F\fR and \fIwhich\fR builtins and numerous bug fixes, modifications
|
|
|
|
and speedups
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Chris Kingsley, Caltech
|
|
|
|
Fast storage allocator routines
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Chris Grevstad, TRW, 1987
|
|
|
|
Incorporated 4.3BSD \fIcsh\fR into \fItcsh\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Christos S. Zoulas, Cornell U. EE Dept., 1987-94
|
|
|
|
Ports to HPUX, SVR2 and SVR3, a SysV version of getwd.c, SHORT_STRINGS support
|
|
|
|
and a new version of sh.glob.c
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
James J Dempsey, BBN, and Paul Placeway, OSU, 1988
|
|
|
|
A/UX port
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Daniel Long, NNSC, 1988
|
|
|
|
\fBwordchars\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Patrick Wolfe, Kuck and Associates, Inc., 1988
|
|
|
|
\fIvi\fR mode cleanup
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
David C Lawrence, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1989
|
|
|
|
\fBautolist\fR and ambiguous completion listing
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Alec Wolman, DEC, 1989
|
|
|
|
Newlines in the prompt
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Matt Landau, BBN, 1989
|
|
|
|
\fI~/.tcshrc\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Ray Moody, Purdue Physics, 1989
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Magic space bar history expansion
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Mordechai ????, Intel, 1989
|
|
|
|
printprompt() fixes and additions
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Kazuhiro Honda, Dept. of Computer Science, Keio University, 1989
|
|
|
|
Automatic spelling correction and \fBprompt3\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Per Hedeland, Ellemtel, Sweden, 1990-
|
|
|
|
Various bugfixes, improvements and manual updates
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Hans J. Albertsson (Sun Sweden)
|
|
|
|
\fBampm\fR, \fIsettc\fR and \fItelltc\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Michael Bloom
|
|
|
|
Interrupt handling fixes
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Michael Fine, Digital Equipment Corp
|
|
|
|
Extended key support
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Eric Schnoebelen, Convex, 1990
|
|
|
|
Convex support, lots of \fIcsh\fR bug fixes,
|
|
|
|
save and restore of directory stack
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Ron Flax, Apple, 1990
|
|
|
|
A/UX 2.0 (re)port
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Dan Oscarsson, LTH Sweden, 1990
|
|
|
|
NLS support and simulated NLS support for non NLS sites, fixes
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Johan Widen, SICS Sweden, 1990
|
|
|
|
\fBshlvl\fR, Mach support, \fIcorrect-line\fR, 8-bit printing
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Matt Day, Sanyo Icon, 1990
|
|
|
|
POSIX termio support, SysV limit fixes
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Jaap Vermeulen, Sequent, 1990-91
|
|
|
|
Vi mode fixes, expand-line, window change fixes, Symmetry port
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Martin Boyer, Institut de recherche d'Hydro-Quebec, 1991
|
|
|
|
\fBautolist\fR beeping options, modified the history search to search for
|
|
|
|
the whole string from the beginning of the line to the cursor.
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Scott Krotz, Motorola, 1991
|
|
|
|
Minix port
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
David Dawes, Sydney U. Australia, Physics Dept., 1991
|
|
|
|
SVR4 job control fixes
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Jose Sousa, Interactive Systems Corp., 1991
|
|
|
|
Extended \fIvi\fR fixes and \fIvi\fR delete command
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Marc Horowitz, MIT, 1991
|
|
|
|
ANSIfication fixes, new exec hashing code, imake fixes, \fIwhere\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Bruce Sterling Woodcock, sterling@netcom.com, 1991-1995
|
|
|
|
ETA and Pyramid port, Makefile and lint fixes, \fBignoreeof\fR=n addition, and
|
|
|
|
various other portability changes and bug fixes
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Jeff Fink, 1992
|
|
|
|
\fIcomplete-word-fwd\fR and \fIcomplete-word-back\fR
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Harry C. Pulley, 1992
|
|
|
|
Coherent port
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Andy Phillips, Mullard Space Science Lab U.K., 1992
|
|
|
|
VMS-POSIX port
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Beto Appleton, IBM Corp., 1992
|
|
|
|
Walking process group fixes, \fIcsh\fR bug fixes,
|
|
|
|
POSIX file tests, POSIX SIGHUP
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Scott Bolte, Cray Computer Corp., 1992
|
|
|
|
CSOS port
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Kaveh R. Ghazi, Rutgers University, 1992
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
Tek, m88k, Titan and Masscomp ports and fixes. Added autoconf support.
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Mark Linderman, Cornell University, 1992
|
|
|
|
OS/2 port
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Mika Liljeberg, liljeber@kruuna.Helsinki.FI, 1992
|
|
|
|
Linux port
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Tim P. Starrin, NASA Langley Research Center Operations, 1993
|
|
|
|
Read-only variables
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Dave Schweisguth, Yale University, 1993-4
|
2000-04-20 04:22:36 +00:00
|
|
|
New man page and tcsh.man2html
|
2000-04-15 04:41:27 +00:00
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Larry Schwimmer, Stanford University, 1993
|
|
|
|
AFS and HESIOD patches
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Luke Mewburn, RMIT University, 1994-6
|
|
|
|
Enhanced directory printing in prompt,
|
|
|
|
added \fBellipsis\fR and \fBrprompt\fR.
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Edward Hutchins, Silicon Graphics Inc., 1996
|
|
|
|
Added implicit cd.
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Martin Kraemer, 1997
|
|
|
|
Ported to Siemens Nixdorf EBCDIC machine
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Amol Deshpande, Microsoft, 1997
|
|
|
|
Ported to WIN32 (Windows/95 and Windows/NT); wrote all the missing library
|
|
|
|
and message catalog code to interface to Windows.
|
|
|
|
.TP 2
|
|
|
|
Taga Nayuta, 1998
|
|
|
|
Color ls additions.
|
|
|
|
.PD
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
.SH "THANKS TO"
|
|
|
|
Bryan Dunlap, Clayton Elwell, Karl Kleinpaste, Bob Manson, Steve Romig,
|
|
|
|
Diana Smetters, Bob Sutterfield, Mark Verber, Elizabeth Zwicky and all
|
|
|
|
the other people at Ohio State for suggestions and encouragement
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
All the people on the net, for putting up with,
|
|
|
|
reporting bugs in, and suggesting new additions to each and every version
|
|
|
|
.PP
|
|
|
|
Richard M. Alderson III, for writing the `T in tcsh' section
|